PR28673, input file 'gcov' is the same as output file
[binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bool map_head_is_link_order = false;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bool map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
73 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
74 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
75 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
76 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
77
78 /* Forward declarations. */
79 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
80 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
81 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
82 static bool sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
83 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
84 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
85 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
86 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
87 static void print_statements (void);
88 static void print_input_section (asection *, bool);
89 static bool lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
91 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
92 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
93 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
94 static void lang_do_memory_regions (bool);
95
96 /* Exported variables. */
97 const char *output_target;
98 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
99 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
100 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
101 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
102 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
103 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
104 lang_statement_union). */
105 lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 static const char *current_input_file;
121 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **current_dynamic_list_p;
122 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
123 const char *entry_section = ".text";
124 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
125 bool entry_from_cmdline;
126 bool lang_has_input_file = false;
127 bool had_output_filename = false;
128 bool lang_float_flag = false;
129 bool delete_output_file_on_failure = false;
130 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
131 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
132 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
133 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
134 static ctf_dict_t *ctf_output;
135 #endif
136
137 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
138 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
139 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
140
141 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
142 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
143
144 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
145 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
146 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
147 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
148 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
149 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
150
151 #define new_stat(x, y) \
152 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
153
154 #define outside_section_address(q) \
155 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
156
157 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
158 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
159
160 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
161 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
162 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
163 overhead if they want to. */
164 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
165
166 void *
167 stat_alloc (size_t size)
168 {
169 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
170 }
171
172 static int
173 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
174 {
175 if (wildcardp (pattern))
176 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
177 return strcmp (pattern, name);
178 }
179
180 static char *
181 ldirname (const char *name)
182 {
183 const char *base = lbasename (name);
184 char *dirname;
185
186 while (base > name && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (base[-1]))
187 --base;
188 if (base == name)
189 return strdup (".");
190 dirname = strdup (name);
191 dirname[base - name] = '\0';
192 return dirname;
193 }
194
195 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
196 separator. If not, return NULL. */
197
198 static char *
199 archive_path (const char *pattern)
200 {
201 char *p = NULL;
202
203 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
204 return p;
205
206 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
207 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
208 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
209 return p;
210
211 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
212 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
213 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
214 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
215 #endif
216 return p;
217 }
218
219 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
220 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
221
222 static bool
223 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
224 lang_input_statement_type *f)
225 {
226 bool match = false;
227
228 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
229 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
230 && ((sep != file_spec)
231 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
232 {
233 match = true;
234
235 if (sep != file_spec)
236 {
237 const char *aname = bfd_get_filename (f->the_bfd->my_archive);
238 *sep = 0;
239 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
240 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
241 }
242 }
243 return match;
244 }
245
246 static bool
247 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
248 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
249 {
250 struct unique_sections *unam;
251 const char *secnam;
252
253 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
254 && sec->owner != NULL
255 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
256 return !(os != NULL
257 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
258
259 secnam = sec->name;
260 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
261 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
262 return true;
263
264 return false;
265 }
266
267 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
268
269 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
270 false. */
271
272 static bool
273 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
274 lang_input_statement_type *file)
275 {
276 struct name_list *list_tmp;
277
278 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
279 list_tmp;
280 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
281 {
282 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
283
284 if (p != NULL)
285 {
286 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
287 return true;
288 }
289
290 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
291 return true;
292
293 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
294 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
295 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
296 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
297 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
298 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
299 bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive)) == 0)
300 return true;
301 }
302
303 return false;
304 }
305
306 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
307 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
308 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
309 function is very fast. */
310
311 static void
312 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
313 lang_input_statement_type *file,
314 asection *s,
315 struct wildcard_list *sec,
316 callback_t callback,
317 void *data)
318 {
319 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
320 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
321 return;
322
323 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
324 }
325
326 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
327 but slowly. */
328
329 static void
330 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
331 lang_input_statement_type *file,
332 callback_t callback,
333 void *data)
334 {
335 asection *s;
336 struct wildcard_list *sec;
337
338 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
339 {
340 sec = ptr->section_list;
341 if (sec == NULL)
342 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
343
344 while (sec != NULL)
345 {
346 bool skip = false;
347
348 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
349 {
350 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
351
352 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
353 }
354
355 if (!skip)
356 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
357
358 sec = sec->next;
359 }
360 }
361 }
362
363 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
364 than one section with that name, we report that. */
365
366 typedef struct
367 {
368 asection *found_section;
369 bool multiple_sections_found;
370 } section_iterator_callback_data;
371
372 static bool
373 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
374 {
375 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
376
377 if (d->found_section != NULL)
378 {
379 d->multiple_sections_found = true;
380 return true;
381 }
382
383 d->found_section = s;
384 return false;
385 }
386
387 static asection *
388 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
389 struct wildcard_list *sec,
390 bool *multiple_sections_found)
391 {
392 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, false };
393
394 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
395 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
396 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
397 return cb_data.found_section;
398 }
399
400 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
401 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
402
403 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
404 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
405
406 static bool
407 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
408 {
409 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
410 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
411 }
412
413 static bool
414 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
415 {
416 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
417 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
418 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
419 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
420 return false;
421
422 pattern += 4;
423 name += 4;
424 while (*pattern != '*')
425 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
426 return false;
427
428 return true;
429 }
430
431 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
432 section name NAME. */
433
434 static int
435 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
436 {
437 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
438 const char *dot;
439
440 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
441 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
442 lower value means a higher priority.
443
444 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
445 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
446 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
447 .fini_array is backward.
448 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
449 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
450 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
451 is forward.
452
453 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
454 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
455 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
456 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
457 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
458 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
459 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
460 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
461 attribute and sort on that. */
462 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
463 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
464 {
465 char *end;
466 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
467 if (*end == 0)
468 {
469 if (dot == name + 6
470 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
471 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
472 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
473 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
474 return init_priority;
475 }
476 }
477 return -1;
478 }
479
480 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
481
482 static int
483 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
484 {
485 int ret;
486 int a_priority, b_priority;
487
488 switch (sort)
489 {
490 default:
491 abort ();
492
493 case by_init_priority:
494 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
495 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
496 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
497 goto sort_by_name;
498 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
499 if (ret)
500 break;
501 else
502 goto sort_by_name;
503
504 case by_alignment_name:
505 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
506 if (ret)
507 break;
508 /* Fall through. */
509
510 case by_name:
511 sort_by_name:
512 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
513 break;
514
515 case by_name_alignment:
516 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
517 if (ret)
518 break;
519 /* Fall through. */
520
521 case by_alignment:
522 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
523 break;
524 }
525
526 return ret;
527 }
528
529 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
530 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
531 of sections are large. */
532
533 static lang_section_bst_type **
534 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
535 struct wildcard_list *sec,
536 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 asection *section)
538 {
539 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
540
541 tree = &wild->tree;
542 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
543 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
544 {
545 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
546 while (*tree)
547 tree = &((*tree)->right);
548 return tree;
549 }
550
551 while (*tree)
552 {
553 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
554 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
555 tree = &((*tree)->left);
556 else
557 tree = &((*tree)->right);
558 }
559
560 return tree;
561 }
562
563 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
564
565 static void
566 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 struct wildcard_list *sec,
568 asection *section,
569 lang_input_statement_type *file,
570 void *output)
571 {
572 lang_section_bst_type *node;
573 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
574 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
575
576 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
577
578 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
579 return;
580
581 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
582 node->left = 0;
583 node->right = 0;
584 node->section = section;
585 node->pattern = ptr->section_list;
586
587 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
588 if (tree != NULL)
589 *tree = node;
590 }
591
592 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
593
594 static void
595 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
596 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
597 void *output)
598 {
599 if (tree->left)
600 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
601
602 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, tree->pattern, NULL,
603 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
604
605 if (tree->right)
606 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
607
608 free (tree);
609 }
610
611 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
612 wildcards */
613
614 static void
615 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
616 lang_input_statement_type *file,
617 callback_t callback,
618 void *data)
619 {
620 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
621 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
622 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
623 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
624 get processed in the bfd's order. */
625 bool multiple_sections_found;
626 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
627 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
628
629 if (multiple_sections_found)
630 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
631 else if (s0)
632 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
633 }
634
635 static void
636 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
637 lang_input_statement_type *file,
638 callback_t callback,
639 void *data)
640 {
641 asection *s;
642 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
643
644 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
645 {
646 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
647 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
648
649 if (!skip)
650 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
651 }
652 }
653
654 static void
655 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
656 lang_input_statement_type *file,
657 callback_t callback,
658 void *data)
659 {
660 asection *s;
661 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
662 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
663 bool multiple_sections_found;
664 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
665
666 if (multiple_sections_found)
667 {
668 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
669 return;
670 }
671
672 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
673 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
674 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
675 {
676 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
677 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
678 wildspec1. */
679 if (s == s0)
680 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
681 else
682 {
683 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
684 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
685
686 if (!skip)
687 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
688 data);
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 static void
694 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
695 lang_input_statement_type *file,
696 callback_t callback,
697 void *data)
698 {
699 asection *s;
700 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
701 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
702 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
703 bool multiple_sections_found;
704 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
705
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 {
718 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
719 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
720
721 if (!skip)
722 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
723 else
724 {
725 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
726 if (!skip)
727 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
728 data);
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733
734 static void
735 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
736 lang_input_statement_type *file,
737 callback_t callback,
738 void *data)
739 {
740 asection *s;
741 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
742 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
743 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
744 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
745 bool multiple_sections_found;
746 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
747
748 if (multiple_sections_found)
749 {
750 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
751 return;
752 }
753
754 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
755 if (multiple_sections_found)
756 {
757 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
758 return;
759 }
760
761 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
762 {
763 if (s == s0)
764 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
765 else
766 if (s == s1)
767 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
768 else
769 {
770 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
771 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
772
773 if (!skip)
774 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
775 data);
776 else
777 {
778 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
779 if (!skip)
780 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
781 callback, data);
782 }
783 }
784 }
785 }
786
787 static void
788 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
789 lang_input_statement_type *file,
790 callback_t callback,
791 void *data)
792 {
793 if (file->flags.just_syms)
794 return;
795
796 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
797 }
798
799 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
800 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
801 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
802 first wildcard character. */
803
804 static bool
805 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
806 {
807 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
808 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
809 size_t min_prefix_len;
810
811 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
812 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
813 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
814 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
815 prefix1_len++;
816 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
817 prefix2_len++;
818
819 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
820
821 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
822 }
823
824 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
825 statements. */
826
827 static void
828 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
829 {
830 int sec_count = 0;
831 int wild_name_count = 0;
832 struct wildcard_list *sec;
833 int signature;
834 int data_counter;
835
836 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
837 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
838 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
839 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
840 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
841 ptr->tree = NULL;
842
843 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
844 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
845 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
846 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
847 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
848 ending in a single '*'. */
849 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
850 {
851 ++sec_count;
852 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
853 return;
854 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
855 {
856 ++wild_name_count;
857 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
858 return;
859 }
860 }
861
862 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
863 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
864 happen in practice. */
865 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
866 return;
867
868 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
869 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
870 {
871 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
872 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
873 {
874 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
875 return;
876 }
877 }
878
879 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
880 switch (signature)
881 {
882 case 0x0100:
883 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
884 break;
885 case 0x0101:
886 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
887 break;
888 case 0x0201:
889 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
890 break;
891 case 0x0302:
892 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
893 break;
894 case 0x0402:
895 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
896 break;
897 default:
898 return;
899 }
900
901 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
902 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
903 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
904 given order, because we've already determined that no section
905 will match more than one spec. */
906 data_counter = 0;
907 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
908 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
909 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
910 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
911 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
912 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
913 }
914
915 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
916
917 static void
918 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
919 lang_input_statement_type *f,
920 callback_t callback,
921 void *data)
922 {
923 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
924 return;
925
926 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
927 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
928 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
929 else
930 {
931 bfd *member;
932
933 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
934 archive separately. */
935 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
936 while (member != NULL)
937 {
938 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
939 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
940 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
941 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
942 lang_input_statement. */
943 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
944 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
945
946 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
947 }
948 }
949 }
950
951 static void
952 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
953 {
954 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
955 char *p;
956
957 if (file_spec == NULL)
958 {
959 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
960 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
961 {
962 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
963 }
964 }
965 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
966 {
967 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
968 {
969 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
970 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
971 }
972 }
973 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
974 {
975 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
976 {
977 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
978 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
979 }
980 }
981 else
982 {
983 lang_input_statement_type *f;
984
985 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
986 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
987 if (f)
988 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
989 }
990 }
991
992 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
993 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
994 with constraint set to -1. */
995
996 void
997 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
998 lang_statement_union_type *s)
999 {
1000 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
1001 {
1002 func (s);
1003
1004 switch (s->header.type)
1005 {
1006 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1007 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
1008 break;
1009 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1010 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
1011 lang_for_each_statement_worker
1012 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
1013 break;
1014 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1015 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1016 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1017 break;
1018 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1019 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1020 s->group_statement.children.head);
1021 break;
1022 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1023 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1024 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1025 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1026 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1027 case lang_input_section_enum:
1028 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1029 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1030 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1031 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1032 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1033 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1034 break;
1035 default:
1036 FAIL ();
1037 break;
1038 }
1039 }
1040 }
1041
1042 void
1043 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1044 {
1045 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1046 }
1047
1048 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1049
1050 void
1051 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 list->head = NULL;
1054 list->tail = &list->head;
1055 }
1056
1057 static void
1058 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1059 void *element,
1060 void *field)
1061 {
1062 *(list->tail) = element;
1063 list->tail = field;
1064 }
1065
1066 void
1067 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1068 {
1069 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1070 abort ();
1071 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1072 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1073 }
1074
1075 void
1076 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1077 {
1078 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1079 abort ();
1080 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1081 }
1082
1083 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1084
1085 static lang_statement_union_type *
1086 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1087 size_t size,
1088 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1089 {
1090 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1091
1092 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1093 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1094 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1095 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1096 return new_stmt;
1097 }
1098
1099 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1100 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1101 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1102
1103 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1104 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1105 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1106 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1107
1108 static lang_input_statement_type *
1109 new_afile (const char *name,
1110 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1111 const char *target,
1112 const char *from_filename)
1113 {
1114 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1115
1116 lang_has_input_file = true;
1117
1118 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1119 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1120 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1121 p->extra_search_path = NULL;
1122 p->target = target;
1123 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1124 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1125 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1126 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1127 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1128
1129 switch (file_type)
1130 {
1131 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1132 p->filename = name;
1133 p->local_sym_name = name;
1134 p->flags.real = true;
1135 p->flags.just_syms = true;
1136 break;
1137 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1138 p->filename = name;
1139 p->local_sym_name = name;
1140 break;
1141 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1142 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1143 {
1144 p->filename = name + 1;
1145 p->flags.full_name_provided = true;
1146 }
1147 else
1148 p->filename = name;
1149 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1150 p->flags.maybe_archive = true;
1151 p->flags.real = true;
1152 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1153 break;
1154 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1155 p->filename = name;
1156 p->local_sym_name = name;
1157 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1158 break;
1159 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1160 p->filename = name;
1161 p->local_sym_name = name;
1162 /* If name is a relative path, search the directory of the current linker
1163 script first. */
1164 if (from_filename && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
1165 p->extra_search_path = ldirname (from_filename);
1166 p->flags.real = true;
1167 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1168 break;
1169 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1170 p->filename = name;
1171 p->local_sym_name = name;
1172 p->flags.real = true;
1173 break;
1174 default:
1175 FAIL ();
1176 }
1177
1178 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1179 return p;
1180 }
1181
1182 lang_input_statement_type *
1183 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1184 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1185 const char *target)
1186 {
1187 if (name != NULL
1188 && (*name == '=' || startswith (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1189 {
1190 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1191 char *sysrooted_name
1192 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1193 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1194 (const char *) NULL);
1195
1196 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1197 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1198 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1199 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1200 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1201 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1202 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1203 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1204 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1205 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, NULL);
1206 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1207 return ret;
1208 }
1209
1210 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, current_input_file);
1211 }
1212
1213 struct out_section_hash_entry
1214 {
1215 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1216 lang_statement_union_type s;
1217 };
1218
1219 /* The hash table. */
1220
1221 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1222
1223 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1224 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1225
1226 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1227 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1228 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1229 const char *string)
1230 {
1231 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1232 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1233
1234 if (entry == NULL)
1235 {
1236 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1237 sizeof (*ret));
1238 if (entry == NULL)
1239 return entry;
1240 }
1241
1242 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1243 if (entry == NULL)
1244 return entry;
1245
1246 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1247 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1248 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1249 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1250 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1251 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1252 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1253 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1254
1255 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1256 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1257 field of the last element of the list. */
1258 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1259 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1260 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1261 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1262 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1263
1264 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1265 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1266 instead. */
1267 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1268 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1269 return &ret->root;
1270 }
1271
1272 static void
1273 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1274 {
1275 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1276 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1277 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1278 61))
1279 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1280 }
1281
1282 static void
1283 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1284 {
1285 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1286 }
1287
1288 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1289
1290 void
1291 lang_init (void)
1292 {
1293 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1294
1295 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1296
1297 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1298
1299 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1300
1301 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1302 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1303 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1304 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1305 NULL);
1306 abs_output_section =
1307 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
1308
1309 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1310
1311 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1312 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1313 }
1314
1315 void
1316 lang_finish (void)
1317 {
1318 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1319 }
1320
1321 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1322 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1323 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1324 syntax.
1325
1326 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1327
1328 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1329 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1330
1331 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1332 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1333 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1334 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1335 and so we issue a warning.
1336
1337 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1338 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1339 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1340 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1341 region. */
1342
1343 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1344 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1345 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1346
1347 lang_memory_region_type *
1348 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bool create)
1349 {
1350 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1351 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1352 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1353
1354 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1355 if (name == NULL)
1356 return NULL;
1357
1358 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1359 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1360 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1361 {
1362 if (create)
1363 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1364 NULL, name);
1365 return r;
1366 }
1367
1368 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1369 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1370 NULL, name);
1371
1372 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1373
1374 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1375 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1376 new_region->next = NULL;
1377 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1378 new_region->origin = 0;
1379 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1380 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1381 new_region->current = 0;
1382 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1383 new_region->flags = 0;
1384 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1385 new_region->had_full_message = false;
1386
1387 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1388 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1389
1390 return new_region;
1391 }
1392
1393 void
1394 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1395 {
1396 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1397 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1398 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1399
1400 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1401 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1402 the default memory region. */
1403 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1404 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1405 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1406
1407 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1408 in use. */
1409 region = NULL;
1410 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1411 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1412 {
1413 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1414 region = r;
1415 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1416 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1417 "alias `%s'\n"),
1418 NULL, alias);
1419 }
1420
1421 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1422 if (region == NULL)
1423 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1424 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1425 NULL, region_name, alias);
1426
1427 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1428 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1429 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1430 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1431 region->name_list.next = n;
1432 }
1433
1434 static lang_memory_region_type *
1435 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1436 {
1437 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1438
1439 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1440
1441 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1442 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1443 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1444
1445 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1446 {
1447 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1448 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1449 {
1450 return p;
1451 }
1452 }
1453 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
1454 }
1455
1456 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1457
1458 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1459 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1460 {
1461 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1462 }
1463
1464 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1465 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1466 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE is 0 return NULL when
1467 no match exists. If CREATE is 1, create an output_section_statement
1468 when no match exists or if CONSTRAINT is SPECIAL. If CREATE is 2,
1469 always make a new output_section_statement. */
1470
1471 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1472 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1473 int constraint,
1474 int create)
1475 {
1476 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1477
1478 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1479 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1480 create != 0, false));
1481 if (entry == NULL)
1482 {
1483 if (create)
1484 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1485 return NULL;
1486 }
1487
1488 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1489 {
1490 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1491 constraint. */
1492 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1493
1494 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1495 do
1496 {
1497 if (create != 2
1498 && !(create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1499 && (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1500 || (constraint == 0
1501 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0)))
1502 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1503 last_ent = entry;
1504 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1505 }
1506 while (entry != NULL
1507 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1508
1509 if (!create)
1510 return NULL;
1511
1512 entry
1513 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1514 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1515 &output_section_statement_table,
1516 name));
1517 if (entry == NULL)
1518 {
1519 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1520 return NULL;
1521 }
1522 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1523 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1524 }
1525
1526 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1527 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1528 entry->s.output_section_statement.dup_output = (create == 2
1529 || constraint == SPECIAL);
1530 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1531 }
1532
1533 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1534 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1535 match any non-negative constraint. */
1536
1537 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1538 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1539 int constraint)
1540 {
1541 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1542 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1543 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1544 ((char *) os
1545 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1546 const char *name = os->name;
1547
1548 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1549 do
1550 {
1551 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1552 if (entry == NULL
1553 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1554 return NULL;
1555 }
1556 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1557 && (constraint != 0
1558 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1559
1560 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1561 }
1562
1563 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1564 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1565 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1566 sets *EXACT too. */
1567
1568 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1569 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1570 flagword sec_flags,
1571 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1572 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1573 {
1574 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1575 flagword look_flags, differ;
1576
1577 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1578 skip it. */
1579 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1580 first = first->next;
1581
1582 /* First try for an exact match. */
1583 found = NULL;
1584 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1585 {
1586 look_flags = look->flags;
1587 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1588 {
1589 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1590 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1591 look->bfd_section,
1592 sec->owner, sec))
1593 continue;
1594 }
1595 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1596 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1597 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1598 found = look;
1599 }
1600 if (found != NULL)
1601 {
1602 if (exact != NULL)
1603 *exact = found;
1604 return found;
1605 }
1606
1607 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1608 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1609 {
1610 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1611 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1612 {
1613 look_flags = look->flags;
1614 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1615 {
1616 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1617 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1618 look->bfd_section,
1619 sec->owner, sec))
1620 continue;
1621 }
1622 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1624 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1625 found = look;
1626 }
1627 }
1628 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1629 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1630 {
1631 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1632 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1633 {
1634 look_flags = look->flags;
1635 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1636 {
1637 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1638 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1639 look->bfd_section,
1640 sec->owner, sec))
1641 continue;
1642 }
1643 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1644 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1645 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1646 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1647 | SEC_READONLY))
1648 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1649 found = look;
1650 }
1651 }
1652 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1653 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1654 {
1655 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1656 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1657 bool seen_thread_local = false;
1658
1659 match_type = NULL;
1660 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1661 {
1662 look_flags = look->flags;
1663 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1664 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1665
1666 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1667 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1668 {
1669 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1670 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1671 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1672 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1673 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1674 previous section. */
1675 break;
1676 found = look;
1677 seen_thread_local = true;
1678 }
1679 else if (seen_thread_local)
1680 break;
1681 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1686 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1687 {
1688 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1689 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1690 {
1691 look_flags = look->flags;
1692 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1693 {
1694 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1695 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1696 look->bfd_section,
1697 sec->owner, sec))
1698 continue;
1699 }
1700 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1701 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1702 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1703 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1704 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1705 found = look;
1706 }
1707 }
1708 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1709 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1710 {
1711 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1712 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1713 {
1714 look_flags = look->flags;
1715 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1716 {
1717 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1718 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1719 look->bfd_section,
1720 sec->owner, sec))
1721 continue;
1722 }
1723 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1724 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1725 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1726 found = look;
1727 }
1728 }
1729 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1730 {
1731 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1732 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1733 {
1734 look_flags = look->flags;
1735 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1736 {
1737 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1738 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1739 look->bfd_section,
1740 sec->owner, sec))
1741 continue;
1742 }
1743 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1744 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1745 found = look;
1746 }
1747 }
1748 else
1749 {
1750 /* non-alloc go last. */
1751 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1752 {
1753 look_flags = look->flags;
1754 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1755 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1756 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1757 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1758 found = look;
1759 }
1760 return found;
1761 }
1762
1763 if (found || !match_type)
1764 return found;
1765
1766 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1767 }
1768
1769 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1770 Used by place_orphan. */
1771
1772 static asection *
1773 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1774 {
1775 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1776
1777 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1778 {
1779 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1780 continue;
1781
1782 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1783 return lookup->bfd_section;
1784 }
1785
1786 return NULL;
1787 }
1788
1789 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1790 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1791 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1792 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1793 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1794 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1795 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1796 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1797 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1798 image symbols. */
1799
1800 static lang_statement_union_type **
1801 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1802 {
1803 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1804 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1805 bool ignore_first;
1806
1807 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1808
1809 for (where = &after->header.next;
1810 *where != NULL;
1811 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1812 {
1813 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1814 {
1815 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1816 if (assign == NULL)
1817 {
1818 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1819
1820 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1821 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1822 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1823 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1824 {
1825 if (!ignore_first)
1826 assign = where;
1827 ignore_first = false;
1828 }
1829 }
1830 continue;
1831 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1832 case lang_input_section_enum:
1833 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1834 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1835 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1836 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1837 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1838 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1839 assign = NULL;
1840 ignore_first = false;
1841 continue;
1842 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1843 if (assign != NULL)
1844 {
1845 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1846
1847 if (s == NULL
1848 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1849 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1850 where = assign;
1851 }
1852 break;
1853 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1854 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1855 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1856 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1857 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1858 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1859 continue;
1860 }
1861 break;
1862 }
1863
1864 return where;
1865 }
1866
1867 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1868 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1869 const char *secname,
1870 int constraint,
1871 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1872 struct orphan_save *place,
1873 etree_type *address,
1874 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1875 {
1876 lang_statement_list_type add;
1877 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1878 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1879
1880 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1881 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1882 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1883 if (after != NULL)
1884 {
1885 lang_list_init (&add);
1886 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1887 }
1888
1889 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1890 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1891 address = exp_intop (0);
1892
1893 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1894 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1895 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1896
1897 if (add_child == NULL)
1898 add_child = &os->children;
1899 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, NULL, os);
1900
1901 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1902 {
1903 const char *region = (after->region
1904 ? after->region->name_list.name
1905 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1906 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1907 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1908 : NULL);
1909 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1910 lma_region);
1911 }
1912 else
1913 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1914 NULL);
1915
1916 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1917 if (after != NULL)
1918 pop_stat_ptr ();
1919
1920 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1921 {
1922 asection *snew, *as;
1923 bool place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1924 bool insert_after = true;
1925
1926 snew = os->bfd_section;
1927
1928 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1929 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1930 if (place->section == NULL
1931 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1932 {
1933 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1934
1935 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1936 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1937 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1938 output section. */
1939 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1940 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1941
1942 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1943 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1944 }
1945
1946 if (place->section == NULL)
1947 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1948
1949 as = *place->section;
1950
1951 if (!as)
1952 {
1953 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1954
1955 /* Unlink the section. */
1956 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1957
1958 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1959 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1960 }
1961 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1962 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1963 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1964 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1965 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1966 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1967 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1968 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1969 {
1970 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1971 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1972 section after a note section, */
1973 asection *sec;
1974 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1975 should be placed. */
1976 asection *after_sec;
1977 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1978 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1979 bool after_sec_note = false;
1980
1981 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1982
1983 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1984 ascending order. */
1985 after_sec = NULL;
1986 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1987 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1988 {
1989 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1990 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1991 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1992
1993 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1994 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1995 (sec != NULL
1996 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1997 sec = sec->next)
1998 if (sec != snew
1999 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2000 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2001 {
2002 if (!first_orphan_note)
2003 first_orphan_note = sec;
2004 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
2005 after_sec = sec;
2006 }
2007 else if (first_orphan_note)
2008 {
2009 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
2010 orphan note section. */
2011 break;
2012 }
2013
2014 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
2015 be placed at the default location. */
2016 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
2017 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
2018 {
2019 /* If all output note sections have smaller
2020 alignments, place the section before all
2021 output orphan note sections. */
2022 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2023 insert_after = false;
2024 }
2025 }
2026 else if (first_orphan_note)
2027 {
2028 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2029 note sections. */
2030 after_sec_note = true;
2031 after_sec = as;
2032 for (sec = as->next;
2033 (sec != NULL
2034 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2035 sec = sec->next)
2036 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2037 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2038 after_sec = sec;
2039 }
2040
2041 if (after_sec_note)
2042 {
2043 if (after_sec)
2044 {
2045 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2046 statement. */
2047 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2048 bool found = false;
2049 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2050 {
2051 next = stmt->next;
2052 if (insert_after)
2053 {
2054 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2055 {
2056 place_after = true;
2057 found = true;
2058 after = stmt;
2059 break;
2060 }
2061 }
2062 else
2063 {
2064 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2065 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2066 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2067 {
2068 place_after = true;
2069 found = true;
2070 after = stmt;
2071 break;
2072 }
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2077 statement. */
2078 if (!found)
2079 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2080 {
2081 if (insert_after)
2082 {
2083 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2084 {
2085 place_after = true;
2086 after = stmt;
2087 break;
2088 }
2089 }
2090 else
2091 {
2092 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2093 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2094 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2095 {
2096 place_after = true;
2097 after = stmt;
2098 break;
2099 }
2100 }
2101 }
2102 }
2103
2104 if (after_sec == NULL
2105 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2106 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2107 {
2108 /* Unlink the section. */
2109 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2110
2111 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2112 prepend SNEW. */
2113 if (after_sec)
2114 {
2115 if (insert_after)
2116 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2117 after_sec, snew);
2118 else
2119 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2120 after_sec, snew);
2121 }
2122 else
2123 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2124 }
2125 }
2126 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2127 {
2128 /* Unlink the section. */
2129 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2130
2131 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2132 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2133 as, snew);
2134 }
2135 }
2136 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2137 {
2138 /* Unlink the section. */
2139 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2140
2141 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2142 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2143 }
2144
2145 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2146 follow the one we've just added. */
2147 place->section = &snew->next;
2148
2149 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2150 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2151 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2152 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2153 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2154 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2155 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2156 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2157 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2158 if (add.head != NULL)
2159 {
2160 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2161
2162 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2163 if (place_after)
2164 {
2165 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2166
2167 *add.tail = *where;
2168 *where = add.head;
2169
2170 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2171 }
2172 else
2173 {
2174 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2175 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2176 *place->stmt = add.head;
2177 }
2178
2179 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2180 new list at the tail. */
2181 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2182 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2183
2184 /* Save the end of this list. */
2185 place->stmt = add.tail;
2186
2187 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2188 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2189 *os_tail = NULL;
2190 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2191 ((char *) place->os_tail
2192 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2193 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2194 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2195 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2196 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2197 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2198
2199 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2200 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2201 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2202 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2203 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2204 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2205 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2206 }
2207 }
2208 return os;
2209 }
2210
2211 static void
2212 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2213 {
2214 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2215
2216 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2217 return;
2218
2219 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2220
2221 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2222 {
2223 size_t len;
2224
2225 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2226 len = strlen (m->soname);
2227
2228 if (len >= 29)
2229 {
2230 print_nl ();
2231 len = 0;
2232 }
2233 while (len < 30)
2234 {
2235 print_space ();
2236 ++len;
2237 }
2238
2239 if (m->ref != NULL)
2240 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2241 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2242 }
2243 }
2244
2245 static void
2246 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2247 {
2248 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2249 minfo ("a");
2250
2251 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2252 minfo ("x");
2253
2254 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2255 minfo ("r");
2256
2257 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2258 minfo ("w");
2259
2260 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2261 minfo ("l");
2262 }
2263
2264 void
2265 lang_map (void)
2266 {
2267 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2268 bool dis_header_printed = false;
2269
2270 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2271 {
2272 asection *s;
2273
2274 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2275 || file->flags.just_syms)
2276 continue;
2277
2278 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2279 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2280 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2281 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2282 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2283 {
2284 if (! dis_header_printed)
2285 {
2286 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2287 dis_header_printed = true;
2288 }
2289
2290 print_input_section (s, true);
2291 }
2292 }
2293
2294 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2295 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2296 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2297
2298 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2299 {
2300 char buf[100];
2301 int len;
2302
2303 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2304
2305 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2306 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2307 len = strlen (buf);
2308 while (len < 16)
2309 {
2310 print_space ();
2311 ++len;
2312 }
2313
2314 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2315 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2316 {
2317 #ifndef BFD64
2318 minfo (" ");
2319 #endif
2320 if (m->flags)
2321 {
2322 print_space ();
2323 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2324 }
2325
2326 if (m->not_flags)
2327 {
2328 minfo (" !");
2329 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2330 }
2331 }
2332
2333 print_nl ();
2334 }
2335
2336 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2337
2338 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2339 {
2340 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2341 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2342 }
2343 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2344 lang_statement_iteration++;
2345 print_statements ();
2346
2347 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2348 config.map_file);
2349 }
2350
2351 static bool
2352 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2353 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2354 {
2355 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2356 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2357 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2358 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2359 {
2360 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2361 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2362
2363 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2364 if (!ud)
2365 {
2366 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2367 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2368 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2369 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2370 }
2371 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2372 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2373
2374 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2375 def->entry = hash_entry;
2376 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2377 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2378 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2379 }
2380 return true;
2381 }
2382
2383 /* Initialize an output section. */
2384
2385 static void
2386 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2387 {
2388 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2389 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2390
2391 if (!s->dup_output)
2392 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2393 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2394 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2395 s->name, flags);
2396 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2397 {
2398 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2399 " called %s: %E\n"),
2400 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2401 }
2402 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2403 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2404
2405 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2406 statement to avoid lookup. */
2407 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2408
2409 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2410 mention are initialized. */
2411 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2412 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2413
2414 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2415 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2416
2417 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2418 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2419 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2420 "section alignment");
2421 }
2422
2423 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2424 initialized. */
2425
2426 static void
2427 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2428 {
2429 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2430 {
2431 case etree_assign:
2432 case etree_provide:
2433 case etree_provided:
2434 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2435 break;
2436
2437 case etree_binary:
2438 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2439 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2440 break;
2441
2442 case etree_trinary:
2443 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2444 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2445 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2446 break;
2447
2448 case etree_assert:
2449 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2450 break;
2451
2452 case etree_unary:
2453 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2454 break;
2455
2456 case etree_name:
2457 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2458 {
2459 case ADDR:
2460 case LOADADDR:
2461 case SIZEOF:
2462 {
2463 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2464
2465 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2466 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2467 init_os (os, 0);
2468 }
2469 }
2470 break;
2471
2472 default:
2473 break;
2474 }
2475 }
2476 \f
2477 static void
2478 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2479 {
2480 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2481
2482 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2483 discard all sections. */
2484 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2485 {
2486 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2487 return;
2488 }
2489
2490 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2491 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2492 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2493 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2494 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2495
2496 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2497 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2498 }
2499 \f
2500
2501 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2502 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2503
2504 static bool
2505 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2506 {
2507 bool discard;
2508 flagword flags = section->flags;
2509
2510 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2511 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2512
2513 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2514 sections from within the group. */
2515 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2516 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2517 discard = true;
2518
2519 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2520 information. */
2521 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2522 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2523 discard = true;
2524
2525 return discard;
2526 }
2527
2528 /* The wild routines.
2529
2530 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2531 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2532 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2533
2534 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2535 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2536
2537 void
2538 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2539 asection *section,
2540 struct wildcard_list *pattern,
2541 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2542 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2543 {
2544 flagword flags = section->flags;
2545
2546 bool discard;
2547 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2548 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2549
2550 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2551 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2552
2553 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2554 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2555 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2556 discard = true;
2557
2558 if (discard)
2559 {
2560 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2561 {
2562 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2563 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2564 }
2565 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2566 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2567 "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2568 NULL, section, section->owner);
2569
2570 return;
2571 }
2572
2573 if (sflag_info)
2574 {
2575 bool keep;
2576
2577 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2578 if (!keep)
2579 return;
2580 }
2581
2582 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2583 {
2584 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2585 return;
2586
2587 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2588 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2589 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2590 return;
2591
2592 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2593 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2594 later. */
2595 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2596 return;
2597
2598 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2599 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2600 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
2601 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2602 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2603 output->bfd_section);
2604
2605 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2606 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2607 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2608 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2609 }
2610
2611 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2612 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2613 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2614 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2615 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2616 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2617 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2618
2619 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2620 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2621 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2622 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2623 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2624 {
2625 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2626 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2627 else
2628 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2629 }
2630 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2631 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2632
2633 switch (output->sectype)
2634 {
2635 case normal_section:
2636 case overlay_section:
2637 case first_overlay_section:
2638 break;
2639 case noalloc_section:
2640 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2641 break;
2642 case readonly_section:
2643 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2644 break;
2645 case noload_section:
2646 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2647 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2648 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2649 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2650 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2651 section. */
2652 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2653 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2654 else
2655 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2656 break;
2657 }
2658
2659 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2660 init_os (output, flags);
2661
2662 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2663 it from the output section. */
2664 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2665
2666 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2667 {
2668 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2669 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2670
2671 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2672 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2673 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2674 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2675 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2676 {
2677 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2678 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2679 }
2680 }
2681 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2682
2683 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2684 {
2685 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2686 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2687 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2688 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2689 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2690 link_info.output_bfd,
2691 output->bfd_section,
2692 &link_info);
2693 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2694 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2695 }
2696
2697 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2698 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2699 {
2700 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2701 output->block_value = 128;
2702 }
2703
2704 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2705 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2706
2707 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2708
2709 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2710 {
2711 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2712 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2713 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2714 section->map_tail.s = s;
2715 if (s != NULL)
2716 s->map_head.s = section;
2717 else
2718 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2719 }
2720
2721 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2722 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2723 new_section->section = section;
2724 new_section->pattern = pattern;
2725 }
2726
2727 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2728 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2729 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2730 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2731
2732 static lang_statement_union_type *
2733 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2734 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2735 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2736 asection *section)
2737 {
2738 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2739
2740 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2741 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2742 return NULL;
2743
2744 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2745 {
2746 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2747
2748 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2749 continue;
2750 ls = &l->input_section;
2751
2752 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2753 name. */
2754
2755 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2756 {
2757 const char *fn, *ln;
2758 bool fa, la;
2759 int i;
2760
2761 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2762 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2763 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2764 archive. */
2765
2766 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2767 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2768 {
2769 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2770 fa = true;
2771 }
2772 else
2773 {
2774 fn = file->filename;
2775 fa = false;
2776 }
2777
2778 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2779 {
2780 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2781 la = true;
2782 }
2783 else
2784 {
2785 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2786 la = false;
2787 }
2788
2789 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2790 if (i > 0)
2791 continue;
2792 else if (i < 0)
2793 break;
2794
2795 if (fa || la)
2796 {
2797 if (fa)
2798 fn = file->filename;
2799 if (la)
2800 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2801
2802 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2803 if (i > 0)
2804 continue;
2805 else if (i < 0)
2806 break;
2807 }
2808 }
2809
2810 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2811 looking at the sections for this file. */
2812
2813 if (sec != NULL
2814 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2815 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2816 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2817 break;
2818 }
2819
2820 return l;
2821 }
2822
2823 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2824 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2825
2826 static void
2827 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2828 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2829 asection *section,
2830 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2831 void *output)
2832 {
2833 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2834 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2835
2836 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2837
2838 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2839 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2840 return;
2841
2842 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2843
2844 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2845 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2846 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2847 of the current list. */
2848
2849 if (before == NULL)
2850 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, ptr->section_list,
2851 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2852 else
2853 {
2854 lang_statement_list_type list;
2855 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2856
2857 lang_list_init (&list);
2858 lang_add_section (&list, section, ptr->section_list,
2859 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2860
2861 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2862 be NULL. */
2863 if (list.head != NULL)
2864 {
2865 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2866
2867 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2868 *pp != before;
2869 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2870 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2871
2872 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2873 *pp = list.head;
2874 }
2875 }
2876 }
2877
2878 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2879 are readonly. */
2880
2881 static void
2882 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2883 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2884 asection *section,
2885 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2886 void *output)
2887 {
2888 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2889
2890 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2891
2892 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2893 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2894 return;
2895
2896 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2897 os->all_input_readonly = false;
2898 }
2899
2900 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2901 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2902 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2903
2904 static lang_input_statement_type *
2905 lookup_name (const char *name)
2906 {
2907 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2908
2909 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2910 search != NULL;
2911 search = search->next_real_file)
2912 {
2913 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2914 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2915 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2916 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2917
2918 if (filename != NULL
2919 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2920 break;
2921 }
2922
2923 if (search == NULL)
2924 {
2925 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2926 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2927 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2928 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2929 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2930 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2931 lang_statement_union_type **after
2932 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2933 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2934 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2935 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2936 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2937 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2938 default_target, NULL);
2939 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2940 if (*tail == NULL)
2941 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2942 }
2943
2944 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2945 don't add this file. */
2946 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2947 return search;
2948
2949 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2950 return NULL;
2951
2952 return search;
2953 }
2954
2955 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2956
2957 struct excluded_lib
2958 {
2959 char *name;
2960 struct excluded_lib *next;
2961 };
2962 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2963
2964 void
2965 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2966 {
2967 const char *p = list, *end;
2968
2969 while (*p != '\0')
2970 {
2971 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2972 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2973 if (end == NULL)
2974 end = p + strlen (p);
2975 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2976 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2977 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2978 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2979 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2980 excluded_libs = entry;
2981 if (*end == '\0')
2982 break;
2983 p = end + 1;
2984 }
2985 }
2986
2987 static void
2988 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2989 {
2990 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2991
2992 while (lib)
2993 {
2994 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2995 const char *filename = lbasename (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
2996
2997 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2998 {
2999 abfd->no_export = true;
3000 return;
3001 }
3002
3003 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
3004 && (filename[len] == '\0'
3005 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
3006 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
3007 {
3008 abfd->no_export = true;
3009 return;
3010 }
3011
3012 lib = lib->next;
3013 }
3014 }
3015
3016 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
3017
3018 bool
3019 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
3020 lang_statement_list_type *place)
3021 {
3022 char **matching;
3023
3024 if (entry->flags.loaded)
3025 return true;
3026
3027 ldfile_open_file (entry);
3028
3029 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
3030 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
3031 return true;
3032
3033 if (trace_files || verbose)
3034 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
3035
3036 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
3037 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
3038 {
3039 bfd_error_type err;
3040 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
3041 extern FILE *yyin;
3042
3043 err = bfd_get_error ();
3044
3045 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
3046 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
3047 return true;
3048
3049 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3050 {
3051 char **p;
3052
3053 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
3054 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
3055 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
3056 einfo (" %s", *p);
3057 einfo ("%F\n");
3058 }
3059 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3060 || place == NULL)
3061 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3062
3063 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3064 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3065
3066 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3067 save_flags = input_flags;
3068 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3069
3070 push_stat_ptr (place);
3071 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3072 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3073 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3074 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3075 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3076 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3077
3078 ldfile_assumed_script = true;
3079 parser_input = input_script;
3080 current_input_file = entry->filename;
3081 yyparse ();
3082 current_input_file = NULL;
3083 ldfile_assumed_script = false;
3084
3085 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3086 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3087 again. */
3088 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3089 input_flags = save_flags;
3090 pop_stat_ptr ();
3091 fclose (yyin);
3092 yyin = NULL;
3093 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3094
3095 return true;
3096 }
3097
3098 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3099 return true;
3100
3101 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3102 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3103 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3104 which is used. */
3105 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3106 {
3107 default:
3108 break;
3109
3110 case bfd_object:
3111 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3112 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3113 break;
3114
3115 case bfd_archive:
3116 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3117
3118 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3119 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3120 {
3121 bfd *member = NULL;
3122 bool loaded = true;
3123
3124 for (;;)
3125 {
3126 bfd *subsbfd;
3127 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3128
3129 if (member == NULL)
3130 break;
3131
3132 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3133 {
3134 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3135 entry->the_bfd, member);
3136 loaded = false;
3137 }
3138
3139 subsbfd = member;
3140 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3141 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3142 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3143 abort ();
3144
3145 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3146 substitute BFD for us. */
3147 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3148 {
3149 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3150 loaded = false;
3151 }
3152 }
3153
3154 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3155 return loaded;
3156 }
3157 break;
3158 }
3159
3160 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3161 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3162 else
3163 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3164
3165 return entry->flags.loaded;
3166 }
3167
3168 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3169 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3170 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3171 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3172 the output section. */
3173
3174 static void
3175 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3176 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3177 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3178 {
3179 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3180
3181 if (s->handler_data[0]
3182 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3183 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3184 {
3185 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3186
3187 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3188
3189 tree = s->tree;
3190 if (tree)
3191 {
3192 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3193 s->tree = NULL;
3194 }
3195 }
3196 else
3197 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3198
3199 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3200 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3201 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3202 {
3203 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3204 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3205 default_common_section = output;
3206 break;
3207 }
3208 }
3209
3210 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3211
3212 static int
3213 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3214 {
3215 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3216
3217 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3218 }
3219
3220 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3221
3222 static void
3223 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3224 {
3225 char c;
3226
3227 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3228 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3229
3230 *dest = 0;
3231 }
3232
3233 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3234 from haystack. */
3235
3236 static void
3237 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3238 {
3239 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3240
3241 if (haystack)
3242 {
3243 char *src;
3244
3245 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3246 *haystack++ = *src++;
3247
3248 *haystack = 0;
3249 }
3250 }
3251
3252 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3253 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3254
3255 static int
3256 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3257 {
3258 char *copy1;
3259 char *copy2;
3260 int result;
3261
3262 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3263 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3264
3265 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3266 stricpy (copy1, first);
3267 stricpy (copy2, second);
3268
3269 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3270 strcut (copy1, "big");
3271 strcut (copy1, "little");
3272 strcut (copy2, "big");
3273 strcut (copy2, "little");
3274
3275 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3276 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3277 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3278 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3279 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3280 {
3281 result *= 10;
3282 break;
3283 }
3284
3285 free (copy1);
3286 free (copy2);
3287
3288 return result;
3289 }
3290
3291 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3292 static const bfd_target *winner;
3293
3294 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3295 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3296 match to the original output target. */
3297
3298 static int
3299 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3300 {
3301 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3302
3303 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3304 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3305 return 0;
3306
3307 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3308 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3309 return 0;
3310
3311 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3312 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3313 return 0;
3314
3315 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3316 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3317 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3318 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3319 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3320 return 0;
3321
3322 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3323 if (winner == NULL)
3324 {
3325 winner = target;
3326 return 0;
3327 }
3328
3329 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3330 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3331 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3332 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3333 winner = target;
3334
3335 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3336 return 0;
3337 }
3338
3339 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3340
3341 static const char *
3342 get_first_input_target (void)
3343 {
3344 const char *target = NULL;
3345
3346 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3347 {
3348 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3349 && s->flags.real)
3350 {
3351 ldfile_open_file (s);
3352
3353 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3354 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3355 {
3356 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3357
3358 if (target != NULL)
3359 break;
3360 }
3361 }
3362 }
3363
3364 return target;
3365 }
3366
3367 const char *
3368 lang_get_output_target (void)
3369 {
3370 const char *target;
3371
3372 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3373 if (output_target != NULL)
3374 return output_target;
3375
3376 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3377 the default? */
3378 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3379 return current_target;
3380
3381 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3382 target = get_first_input_target ();
3383 if (target != NULL)
3384 return target;
3385
3386 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3387 return default_target;
3388 }
3389
3390 /* Open the output file. */
3391
3392 static void
3393 open_output (const char *name)
3394 {
3395 lang_input_statement_type *f;
3396 char *out = lrealpath (name);
3397
3398 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
3399 f != NULL;
3400 f = f->next_real_file)
3401 if (f->flags.real)
3402 {
3403 char *in = lrealpath (f->local_sym_name);
3404 if (filename_cmp (in, out) == 0)
3405 einfo (_("%F%P: input file '%s' is the same as output file\n"),
3406 f->filename);
3407 free (in);
3408 }
3409 free (out);
3410
3411 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3412
3413 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3414 line? */
3415 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3416 {
3417 /* Get the chosen target. */
3418 const bfd_target *target
3419 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3420
3421 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3422 if (target != NULL)
3423 {
3424 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3425
3426 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3427 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3428 else
3429 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3430
3431 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3432 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3433 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3434 this. */
3435 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3436 {
3437 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3438 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3439 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3440 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3441 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3442 else
3443 {
3444 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3445 the default target, but which has the desired
3446 endian characteristic. */
3447 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3448 (void *) target);
3449
3450 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3451 satisfy our requirements. */
3452 if (winner == NULL)
3453 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3454 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3455 else
3456 output_target = winner->name;
3457 }
3458 }
3459 }
3460 }
3461
3462 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3463
3464 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3465 {
3466 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3467 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3468
3469 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3470 }
3471
3472 delete_output_file_on_failure = true;
3473
3474 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3475 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3476 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3477 ldfile_output_architecture,
3478 ldfile_output_machine))
3479 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3480
3481 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3482 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3483 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3484
3485 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3486 }
3487
3488 static void
3489 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3490 {
3491 switch (statement->header.type)
3492 {
3493 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3494 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3495 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3496 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3497 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3498 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3499 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3500 else
3501 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3502 if (config.text_read_only)
3503 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3504 else
3505 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3506 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3507 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3508 else
3509 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3510 break;
3511
3512 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3513 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3514 break;
3515 default:
3516 break;
3517 }
3518 }
3519
3520 static void
3521 init_opb (asection *s)
3522 {
3523 unsigned int x;
3524
3525 opb_shift = 0;
3526 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3527 && s != NULL
3528 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3529 return;
3530
3531 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3532 ldfile_output_machine);
3533 if (x > 1)
3534 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3535 {
3536 x >>= 1;
3537 ++opb_shift;
3538 }
3539 ASSERT (x == 1);
3540 }
3541
3542 /* Open all the input files. */
3543
3544 enum open_bfd_mode
3545 {
3546 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3547 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3548 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3549 };
3550 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3551 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3552 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3553 #endif
3554
3555 static void
3556 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3557 {
3558 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3559 {
3560 switch (s->header.type)
3561 {
3562 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3563 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3564 break;
3565 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3566 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3567 break;
3568 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3569 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3570 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3571 && s->wild_statement.filename
3572 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3573 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3574 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3575 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3576 break;
3577 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3578 {
3579 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3580 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3581 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3582 #endif
3583
3584 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3585 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3586 symbols. */
3587
3588 do
3589 {
3590 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3591 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3592 #endif
3593 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3594 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3595 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3596 }
3597 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3598 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3599 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3600 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3601 undefs. */
3602 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3603 #endif
3604 );
3605 }
3606 break;
3607 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3608 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3609 break;
3610 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3611 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3612 {
3613 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3614 lang_statement_list_type add;
3615 bfd *abfd;
3616
3617 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3618
3619 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3620 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3621 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3622 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3623 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3624 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3625 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3626 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3627 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3628 #endif
3629 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3630 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3631 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3632 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3633 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3634 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3635 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3636 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3637 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3638 {
3639 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = false;
3640 s->input_statement.flags.reload = true;
3641 }
3642
3643 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3644 lang_list_init (&add);
3645
3646 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3647 config.make_executable = false;
3648
3649 if (add.head != NULL)
3650 {
3651 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3652 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3653 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3654 section statement list. Very likely the user
3655 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3656 naive user expectations. */
3657 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3658 {
3659 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3660 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3661 s->input_statement.filename);
3662 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3663 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3664 }
3665 else
3666 {
3667 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3668 s->header.next = add.head;
3669 }
3670 }
3671 }
3672 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3673 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3674 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3675 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3676 plugin_insert = NULL;
3677 #endif
3678 break;
3679 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3680 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3681 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3682 break;
3683 default:
3684 break;
3685 }
3686 }
3687
3688 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3689 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3690 einfo ("%F");
3691 }
3692
3693 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
3694 /* Emit CTF errors and warnings. fp can be NULL to report errors/warnings
3695 that happened specifically at CTF open time. */
3696 static void
3697 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_dict_t *fp)
3698 {
3699 ctf_next_t *i = NULL;
3700 char *text;
3701 int is_warning;
3702 int err;
3703
3704 while ((text = ctf_errwarning_next (fp, &i, &is_warning, &err)) != NULL)
3705 {
3706 einfo (_("%s: %s\n"), is_warning ? _("CTF warning"): _("CTF error"),
3707 text);
3708 free (text);
3709 }
3710 if (err != ECTF_NEXT_END)
3711 {
3712 einfo (_("CTF error: cannot get CTF errors: `%s'\n"),
3713 ctf_errmsg (err));
3714 }
3715
3716 /* `err' returns errors from the error/warning iterator in particular.
3717 These never assert. But if we have an fp, that could have recorded
3718 an assertion failure: assert if it has done so. */
3719 ASSERT (!fp || ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_INTERNAL);
3720 }
3721
3722 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3723 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3724 on. */
3725
3726 static void
3727 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3728 {
3729 int any_ctf = 0;
3730 int err;
3731
3732 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3733 {
3734 asection *sect;
3735
3736 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_dict_t in them
3737 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3738 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3739 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3740
3741 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3742 {
3743 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3744 {
3745 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (NULL);
3746 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not loaded; "
3747 "its types will be discarded: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3748 ctf_errmsg (err));
3749 }
3750 continue;
3751 }
3752
3753 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3754 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output, but only
3755 once. */
3756 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3757 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3758 sect->size = 0;
3759 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3760
3761 if (any_ctf)
3762 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3763 any_ctf = 1;
3764 }
3765
3766 if (!any_ctf)
3767 {
3768 ctf_output = NULL;
3769 return;
3770 }
3771
3772 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3773 return;
3774
3775 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3776 ctf_errmsg (err));
3777
3778 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3779 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3783 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3784
3785 static void
3786 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3787 {
3788 asection *output_sect;
3789 int flags = 0;
3790
3791 if (!ctf_output)
3792 return;
3793
3794 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3795
3796 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3797 if (output_sect == NULL)
3798 {
3799 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3800 ctf_output = NULL;
3801
3802 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3803 {
3804 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3805 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3806 }
3807 return;
3808 }
3809
3810 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3811 {
3812 if (!file->the_ctf)
3813 continue;
3814
3815 /* Takes ownership of file->the_ctf. */
3816 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3817 {
3818 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB cannot be linked: `%s'\n"),
3819 file->the_bfd, ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3820 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3821 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3822 continue;
3823 }
3824 }
3825
3826 if (!config.ctf_share_duplicated)
3827 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED;
3828 else
3829 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_DUPLICATED;
3830 if (!config.ctf_variables)
3831 flags |= CTF_LINK_OMIT_VARIABLES_SECTION;
3832 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3833 flags |= CTF_LINK_NO_FILTER_REPORTED_SYMS;
3834
3835 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, flags) < 0)
3836 {
3837 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3838 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF linking failed; "
3839 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3840 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3841 if (output_sect)
3842 {
3843 output_sect->size = 0;
3844 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3845 }
3846 }
3847 /* Output any lingering errors that didn't come from ctf_link. */
3848 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3849 }
3850
3851 /* Let the emulation acquire strings from the dynamic strtab to help it optimize
3852 the CTF, if supported. */
3853
3854 void
3855 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab)
3856 {
3857 ldemul_acquire_strings_for_ctf (ctf_output, dynstrtab);
3858 }
3859
3860 /* Inform the emulation about the addition of a new dynamic symbol, in BFD
3861 internal format. */
3862 void ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx, struct elf_internal_sym *sym)
3863 {
3864 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, symidx, sym);
3865 }
3866
3867 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3868 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3869 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3870 static void
3871 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3872 {
3873 size_t output_size;
3874 asection *output_sect;
3875
3876 if (!ctf_output)
3877 return;
3878
3879 if (late)
3880 {
3881 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3882 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3883 return;
3884 }
3885 else
3886 {
3887 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3888 return;
3889 }
3890
3891 /* Inform the emulation that all the symbols that will be received have
3892 been. */
3893
3894 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, 0, NULL);
3895
3896 /* Emit CTF. */
3897
3898 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3899 if (output_sect)
3900 {
3901 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3902 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3903 output_sect->size = output_size;
3904 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3905
3906 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3907 if (!output_sect->contents)
3908 {
3909 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section emission failed; "
3910 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3911 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3912 output_sect->size = 0;
3913 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3914 }
3915 }
3916
3917 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3918 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3919 ctf_output = NULL;
3920
3921 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3922 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3923 }
3924
3925 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3926
3927 void
3928 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3929 {
3930 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3931
3932 lang_write_ctf (1);
3933 }
3934 #else
3935 static void
3936 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3937 {
3938 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3939 {
3940 asection *sect;
3941
3942 /* If built without CTF, warn and delete all CTF sections from the output.
3943 (The alternative would be to simply concatenate them, which does not
3944 yield a valid CTF section.) */
3945
3946 if ((sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf")) != NULL)
3947 {
3948 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not linkable: "
3949 "%P was built without support for CTF\n"), file->the_bfd);
3950 sect->size = 0;
3951 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3952 }
3953 }
3954 }
3955
3956 static void lang_merge_ctf (void) {}
3957 void
3958 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab
3959 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3960 void
3961 ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3962 struct elf_internal_sym *sym ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3963 static void lang_write_ctf (int late ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3964 void ldlang_write_ctf_late (void) {}
3965 #endif
3966
3967 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3968 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3969 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3970 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3971 name to the symbol table. */
3972
3973 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3974
3975 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3976
3977 void
3978 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bool cmdline ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3979 {
3980 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3981
3982 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3983 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3984 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3985
3986 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3987
3988 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3989 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3990 }
3991
3992 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3993
3994 static void
3995 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3996 {
3997 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3998
3999 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, false, true);
4000 if (h == NULL)
4001 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
4002 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4003 {
4004 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
4005 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
4006 h->non_ir_ref_regular = true;
4007 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
4008 }
4009 }
4010
4011 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
4012 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
4013 script file. */
4014
4015 static void
4016 lang_place_undefineds (void)
4017 {
4018 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
4019
4020 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4021 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
4022 }
4023
4024 /* Mark -u symbols against garbage collection. */
4025
4026 static void
4027 lang_mark_undefineds (void)
4028 {
4029 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
4030
4031 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
4032 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4033 {
4034 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
4035 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, false, false, true);
4036 if (h != NULL)
4037 h->mark = 1;
4038 }
4039 }
4040
4041 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
4042 be defined. */
4043
4044 struct require_defined_symbol
4045 {
4046 const char *name;
4047 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
4048 };
4049
4050 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
4051
4052 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
4053
4054 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
4055 defined. */
4056
4057 void
4058 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
4059 {
4060 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4061
4062 ldlang_add_undef (name, true);
4063 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
4064 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
4065 ptr->name = strdup (name);
4066 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
4067 }
4068
4069 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
4070 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
4071
4072 static void
4073 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
4074 {
4075 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4076
4077 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4078 {
4079 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4080
4081 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
4082 false, false, true);
4083 if (h == NULL
4084 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
4085 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4086 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
4087 }
4088 }
4089
4090 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
4091
4092 static void
4093 check_input_sections
4094 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4095 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4096 {
4097 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4098 {
4099 switch (s->header.type)
4100 {
4101 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4102 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
4103 output_section_statement);
4104 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4105 return;
4106 break;
4107 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4108 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
4109 output_section_statement);
4110 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4111 return;
4112 break;
4113 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4114 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4115 output_section_statement);
4116 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4117 return;
4118 break;
4119 default:
4120 break;
4121 }
4122 }
4123 }
4124
4125 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
4126
4127 static void
4128 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
4129 {
4130 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4131
4132 switch (sort_section)
4133 {
4134 default:
4135 FAIL ();
4136
4137 case none:
4138 break;
4139
4140 case by_name:
4141 case by_alignment:
4142 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4143 {
4144 switch (s->header.type)
4145 {
4146 default:
4147 break;
4148
4149 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4150 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
4151 sec = sec->next)
4152 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4153 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4154 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4155 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4156 {
4157 case none:
4158 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4159 break;
4160 case by_name:
4161 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4162 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4163 break;
4164 case by_alignment:
4165 if (sort_section == by_name)
4166 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4167 break;
4168 default:
4169 break;
4170 }
4171 break;
4172
4173 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4174 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4175 break;
4176
4177 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4178 update_wild_statements
4179 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4180 break;
4181
4182 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4183 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4184 break;
4185 }
4186 }
4187 break;
4188 }
4189 }
4190
4191 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4192
4193 static void
4194 map_input_to_output_sections
4195 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4196 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4197 {
4198 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4199 {
4200 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4201 flagword flags;
4202
4203 switch (s->header.type)
4204 {
4205 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4206 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4207 break;
4208 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4209 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4210 target,
4211 os);
4212 break;
4213 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4214 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4215 if (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RW
4216 || tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO)
4217 {
4218 tos->all_input_readonly = true;
4219 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4220 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4221 tos->constraint = -1;
4222 }
4223 if (tos->constraint >= 0)
4224 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4225 target,
4226 tos);
4227 break;
4228 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4229 break;
4230 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4231 target = s->target_statement.target;
4232 break;
4233 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4234 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4235 target,
4236 os);
4237 break;
4238 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4239 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4240 are initialized. */
4241 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4242 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4243 these may be overridden by the script. */
4244 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4245 switch (os->sectype)
4246 {
4247 case normal_section:
4248 case overlay_section:
4249 case first_overlay_section:
4250 break;
4251 case noalloc_section:
4252 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4253 break;
4254 case readonly_section:
4255 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
4256 break;
4257 case noload_section:
4258 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4259 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4260 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4261 else
4262 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4263 break;
4264 }
4265 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4266 init_os (os, flags | SEC_READONLY);
4267 else
4268 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4269 break;
4270 case lang_input_section_enum:
4271 break;
4272 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4273 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4274 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4275 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4276 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4277 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4278 init_os (os, 0);
4279 break;
4280 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4281 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4282 init_os (os, 0);
4283
4284 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4285 are initialized. */
4286 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4287 break;
4288 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4289 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4290 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4291 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4292 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4293 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4294 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4295 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4296 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4297 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4298 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4299 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4300 {
4301 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4302
4303 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4304 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4305 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4306 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4307 will affect following script sections, which is
4308 likely to surprise naive users. */
4309 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, 1);
4310 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4311 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4312 init_os (tos, 0);
4313 }
4314 break;
4315 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4316 break;
4317 }
4318 }
4319 }
4320
4321 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4322 start of the list and places them after the output section
4323 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4324 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4325 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4326 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4327 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4328 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4329 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4330 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4331 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4332 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4333 can end up looking odd. */
4334
4335 static void
4336 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4337 {
4338 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4339 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4340 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4341 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4342
4343 s = start;
4344 while (*s != NULL)
4345 {
4346 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4347 {
4348 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4349 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4350 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4351
4352 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4353 last_os = os;
4354
4355 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4356 won't match this output section statement. At this
4357 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4358 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4359 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4360 if (first_os == NULL)
4361 first_os = last_os;
4362 }
4363 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4364 {
4365 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4366 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4367 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4368 behaviour. For example:
4369 #! /bin/sh
4370 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4371 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4372 group statement for insert statements. */
4373 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4374 }
4375 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4376 {
4377 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4378 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4379 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4380 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4381
4382 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4383 {
4384 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4385 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4386 }
4387
4388 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4389 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4390 {
4391 do
4392 where = where->prev;
4393 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4394 }
4395 if (where == NULL)
4396 {
4397 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4398 return;
4399 }
4400
4401 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4402 if (last_os != NULL)
4403 {
4404 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4405 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4406
4407 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4408 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4409 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4410 {
4411 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4412 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4413 }
4414 else
4415 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4416 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4417 last_os->next = where->next;
4418 if (where->next == NULL)
4419 {
4420 next = &last_os->next;
4421 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4422 }
4423 else
4424 where->next->prev = last_os;
4425 first_os->prev = where;
4426 where->next = first_os;
4427
4428 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4429 first_sec = NULL;
4430 last_sec = NULL;
4431 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4432 {
4433 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4434 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4435 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4436 {
4437 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4438 if (first_sec == NULL)
4439 first_sec = last_sec;
4440 }
4441 if (os == last_os)
4442 break;
4443 }
4444 if (last_sec != NULL)
4445 {
4446 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4447 if (sec == NULL)
4448 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4449
4450 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4451 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4452 section or if the section is the same as our
4453 last section, then no move is needed. */
4454 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4455 {
4456 /* Trim them off. */
4457 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4458 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4459 else
4460 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4461 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4462 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4463 else
4464 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4465 /* Add back. */
4466 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4467 if (sec->next != NULL)
4468 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4469 else
4470 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4471 first_sec->prev = sec;
4472 sec->next = first_sec;
4473 }
4474 }
4475
4476 first_os = NULL;
4477 last_os = NULL;
4478 }
4479
4480 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4481 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4482 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4483 first = *start;
4484 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4485 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4486 *s = *ptr;
4487 if (*s == NULL)
4488 statement_list.tail = s;
4489 *ptr = first;
4490 s = start;
4491 continue;
4492 }
4493 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4494 }
4495
4496 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4497 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4498 {
4499 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4500 if (os == last_os)
4501 break;
4502 }
4503 }
4504
4505 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4506 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4507 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4508
4509 void
4510 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4511 {
4512 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4513
4514 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4515 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4516 {
4517 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4518 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4519 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, false);
4520 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4521 }
4522
4523 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4524 os != NULL;
4525 os = os->next)
4526 {
4527 asection *output_section;
4528 bool exclude;
4529
4530 if (os->constraint < 0)
4531 continue;
4532
4533 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4534 if (output_section == NULL)
4535 continue;
4536
4537 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4538 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4539 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4540 output_section));
4541
4542 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4543 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4544 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4545 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4546 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4547 {
4548 asection *s;
4549
4550 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4551 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4552 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4553 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4554 {
4555 exclude = false;
4556 break;
4557 }
4558 }
4559
4560 if (exclude)
4561 {
4562 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4563 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4564 if (!os->update_dot)
4565 os->ignored = true;
4566 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4567 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4568 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4569 }
4570 }
4571 }
4572
4573 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4574 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4575
4576 void
4577 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4578 {
4579 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4580
4581 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4582 return;
4583
4584 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4585 os != NULL;
4586 os = os->next)
4587 {
4588 asection *output_section;
4589
4590 if (os->constraint < 0)
4591 continue;
4592
4593 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4594 if (output_section == NULL)
4595 continue;
4596
4597 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4598 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4599 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4600 }
4601
4602 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4603 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4604 map_head_is_link_order = true;
4605 }
4606
4607 static void
4608 print_output_section_statement
4609 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4610 {
4611 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4612 int len;
4613
4614 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4615 {
4616 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4617
4618 if (section != NULL)
4619 {
4620 print_dot = section->vma;
4621
4622 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4623 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4624 {
4625 print_nl ();
4626 len = 0;
4627 }
4628 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4629 {
4630 print_space ();
4631 ++len;
4632 }
4633
4634 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4635
4636 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4637 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4638
4639 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4640 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4641 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4642 }
4643
4644 print_nl ();
4645 }
4646
4647 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4648 output_section_statement);
4649 }
4650
4651 static void
4652 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4653 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4654 {
4655 unsigned int i;
4656 bool is_dot;
4657 etree_type *tree;
4658 asection *osec;
4659
4660 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4661 print_space ();
4662
4663 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4664 {
4665 is_dot = false;
4666 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4667 }
4668 else
4669 {
4670 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4671
4672 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4673 tree = assignment->exp;
4674 }
4675
4676 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4677 if (osec == NULL)
4678 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4679
4680 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4681 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4682 else
4683 expld.result.valid_p = false;
4684
4685 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4686 {
4687 bfd_vma value;
4688
4689 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4690 || is_dot
4691 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4692 {
4693 value = expld.result.value;
4694
4695 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4696 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4697
4698 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4699 if (is_dot)
4700 print_dot = value;
4701 }
4702 else
4703 {
4704 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4705
4706 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4707 false, false, true);
4708 if (h != NULL
4709 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4710 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4711 {
4712 value = h->u.def.value;
4713 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4714 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4715
4716 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4717 }
4718 else
4719 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4720 }
4721 }
4722 else
4723 {
4724 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4725 minfo ("[!provide]");
4726 else
4727 minfo ("*undef* ");
4728 #ifdef BFD64
4729 minfo (" ");
4730 #endif
4731 }
4732 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4733
4734 minfo (" ");
4735 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4736 print_nl ();
4737 }
4738
4739 static void
4740 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4741 {
4742 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4743 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4744 }
4745
4746 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4747 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4748
4749 bool
4750 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4751 {
4752 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4753
4754 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4755 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4756 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4757 {
4758 int i;
4759
4760 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4761 print_space ();
4762 minfo ("0x%V ",
4763 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4764 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4765 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4766
4767 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4768 }
4769
4770 return true;
4771 }
4772
4773 static int
4774 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4775 {
4776 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4777 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4778
4779 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4780 return -1;
4781 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4782 return 1;
4783 else
4784 return 0;
4785 }
4786
4787 static void
4788 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4789 {
4790 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4791 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4792 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4793 unsigned int i;
4794
4795 if (!ud)
4796 return;
4797
4798 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4799
4800 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4801 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4802 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4803 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4804
4805 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4806 entries[i] = def->entry;
4807
4808 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4809 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4810
4811 /* Print the symbols. */
4812 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4813 ldemul_print_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4814
4815 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4816 }
4817
4818 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4819
4820 static void
4821 print_input_section (asection *i, bool is_discarded)
4822 {
4823 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4824 int len;
4825 bfd_vma addr;
4826
4827 init_opb (i);
4828
4829 print_space ();
4830 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4831
4832 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4833 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4834 {
4835 print_nl ();
4836 len = 0;
4837 }
4838 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4839 {
4840 print_space ();
4841 ++len;
4842 }
4843
4844 if (i->output_section != NULL
4845 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4846 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4847 else
4848 {
4849 addr = print_dot;
4850 if (!is_discarded)
4851 size = 0;
4852 }
4853
4854 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4855
4856 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4857 {
4858 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4859 #ifdef BFD64
4860 len += 16;
4861 #else
4862 len += 8;
4863 #endif
4864 while (len > 0)
4865 {
4866 print_space ();
4867 --len;
4868 }
4869
4870 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4871 }
4872
4873 if (i->output_section != NULL
4874 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4875 {
4876 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4877 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, ldemul_print_symbol, i);
4878 else
4879 print_all_symbols (i);
4880
4881 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4882 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4883 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4884 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4885 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4886 }
4887 }
4888
4889 static void
4890 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4891 {
4892 size_t size;
4893 unsigned char *p;
4894 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4895 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4896 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4897 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4898 }
4899
4900 static void
4901 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4902 {
4903 int i;
4904 bfd_vma addr;
4905 bfd_size_type size;
4906 const char *name;
4907
4908 init_opb (data->output_section);
4909 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4910 print_space ();
4911
4912 addr = data->output_offset;
4913 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4914 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4915
4916 switch (data->type)
4917 {
4918 default:
4919 abort ();
4920 case BYTE:
4921 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4922 name = "BYTE";
4923 break;
4924 case SHORT:
4925 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4926 name = "SHORT";
4927 break;
4928 case LONG:
4929 size = LONG_SIZE;
4930 name = "LONG";
4931 break;
4932 case QUAD:
4933 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4934 name = "QUAD";
4935 break;
4936 case SQUAD:
4937 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4938 name = "SQUAD";
4939 break;
4940 }
4941
4942 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4943 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4944 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4945
4946 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4947 {
4948 print_space ();
4949 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4950 }
4951
4952 print_nl ();
4953
4954 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4955 }
4956
4957 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4958 -Ttext. */
4959
4960 static void
4961 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4962 {
4963 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4964 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4965 print_nl ();
4966 }
4967
4968 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4969
4970 static void
4971 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4972 {
4973 int i;
4974 bfd_vma addr;
4975 bfd_size_type size;
4976
4977 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
4978 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4979 print_space ();
4980
4981 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4982 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4983 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4984
4985 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4986
4987 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4988
4989 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4990 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4991 else
4992 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4993
4994 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4995
4996 print_nl ();
4997
4998 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4999 }
5000
5001 static void
5002 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
5003 {
5004 int len;
5005 bfd_vma addr;
5006
5007 init_opb (s->output_section);
5008 minfo (" *fill*");
5009
5010 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
5011 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
5012 {
5013 print_space ();
5014 ++len;
5015 }
5016
5017 addr = s->output_offset;
5018 if (s->output_section != NULL)
5019 addr += s->output_section->vma;
5020 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
5021
5022 if (s->fill->size != 0)
5023 {
5024 size_t size;
5025 unsigned char *p;
5026 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
5027 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
5028 }
5029
5030 print_nl ();
5031
5032 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
5033 }
5034
5035 static void
5036 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
5037 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5038 {
5039 struct wildcard_list *sec;
5040
5041 print_space ();
5042
5043 if (w->exclude_name_list)
5044 {
5045 name_list *tmp;
5046 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
5047 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5048 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5049 minfo (") ");
5050 }
5051
5052 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5053 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5054 if (w->filename != NULL)
5055 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
5056 else
5057 minfo ("*");
5058 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5059 minfo (")");
5060
5061 minfo ("(");
5062 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
5063 {
5064 int closing_paren = 0;
5065
5066 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
5067 {
5068 case none:
5069 break;
5070
5071 case by_name:
5072 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5073 closing_paren = 1;
5074 break;
5075
5076 case by_alignment:
5077 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5078 closing_paren = 1;
5079 break;
5080
5081 case by_name_alignment:
5082 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5083 closing_paren = 2;
5084 break;
5085
5086 case by_alignment_name:
5087 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
5088 closing_paren = 2;
5089 break;
5090
5091 case by_none:
5092 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
5093 closing_paren = 1;
5094 break;
5095
5096 case by_init_priority:
5097 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
5098 closing_paren = 1;
5099 break;
5100 }
5101
5102 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
5103 {
5104 name_list *tmp;
5105 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
5106 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5107 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5108 minfo (") ");
5109 }
5110 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
5111 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
5112 else
5113 minfo ("*");
5114 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
5115 minfo (")");
5116 if (sec->next)
5117 minfo (" ");
5118 }
5119 minfo (")");
5120
5121 print_nl ();
5122
5123 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
5124 }
5125
5126 /* Print a group statement. */
5127
5128 static void
5129 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
5130 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5131 {
5132 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
5133 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
5134 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
5135 }
5136
5137 /* Print the list of statements in S.
5138 This can be called for any statement type. */
5139
5140 static void
5141 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5142 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5143 {
5144 while (s != NULL)
5145 {
5146 print_statement (s, os);
5147 s = s->header.next;
5148 }
5149 }
5150
5151 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5152 This can be called for any statement type. */
5153
5154 static void
5155 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5156 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5157 {
5158 switch (s->header.type)
5159 {
5160 default:
5161 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5162 FAIL ();
5163 break;
5164 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5165 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5166 {
5167 if (constructors_sorted)
5168 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5169 else
5170 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5171 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5172 }
5173 break;
5174 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5175 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5176 break;
5177 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5178 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5179 break;
5180 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5181 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5182 break;
5183 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5184 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5185 break;
5186 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5187 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5188 break;
5189 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5190 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5191 break;
5192 case lang_input_section_enum:
5193 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, false);
5194 break;
5195 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5196 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5197 break;
5198 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5199 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5200 break;
5201 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5202 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5203 break;
5204 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5205 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5206 break;
5207 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5208 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5209 if (output_target != NULL)
5210 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5211 minfo (")\n");
5212 break;
5213 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5214 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5215 break;
5216 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5217 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5218 break;
5219 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5220 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5221 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5222 s->insert_statement.where);
5223 break;
5224 }
5225 }
5226
5227 static void
5228 print_statements (void)
5229 {
5230 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5231 }
5232
5233 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5234 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5235 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5236 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5237
5238 void
5239 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5240 {
5241 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5242
5243 config.map_file = stderr;
5244
5245 if (n < 0)
5246 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5247 else
5248 {
5249 while (s && --n >= 0)
5250 {
5251 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5252 s = s->header.next;
5253 }
5254 }
5255
5256 config.map_file = map_save;
5257 }
5258
5259 static void
5260 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5261 fill_type *fill,
5262 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5263 asection *output_section,
5264 bfd_vma dot)
5265 {
5266 static fill_type zero_fill;
5267 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5268
5269 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5270 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5271 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5272 if (pad != NULL
5273 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5274 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5275 {
5276 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5277 }
5278 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5279 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5280 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5281 {
5282 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5283 }
5284 else
5285 {
5286 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5287 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5288 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5289 *ptr = pad;
5290 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5291 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5292 if (fill == NULL)
5293 fill = &zero_fill;
5294 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5295 }
5296 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5297 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5298 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5299 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5300 - output_section->vma);
5301 }
5302
5303 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5304
5305 static bfd_vma
5306 size_input_section
5307 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5308 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5309 fill_type *fill,
5310 bool *removed,
5311 bfd_vma dot)
5312 {
5313 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5314 asection *i = is->section;
5315 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5316 *removed = 0;
5317
5318 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5319 {
5320 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5321 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5322 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5323 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5324 have reinitialized its size. */
5325 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5326 {
5327 *removed = 1;
5328 return dot;
5329 }
5330 }
5331
5332 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5333 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5334 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5335 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5336 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5337 else
5338 {
5339 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5340
5341 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5342 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5343 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5344 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5345
5346 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5347 i->alignment_power
5348 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5349 "subsection alignment");
5350
5351 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5352 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5353
5354 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5355
5356 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5357 {
5358 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5359 dot += alignment_needed;
5360 }
5361
5362 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5363 {
5364 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5365 list. */
5366 if (output_section_statement->region)
5367 {
5368 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5369 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5370
5371 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5372 {
5373 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5374 einfo (_("%F%P: Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
5375 "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
5376 i->output_section->name, i->name);
5377
5378 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5379 einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
5380 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
5381 "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
5382 i->name, i->output_section->name);
5383
5384 *removed = 1;
5385 dot = end;
5386 i->output_section = NULL;
5387 return dot;
5388 }
5389 }
5390 }
5391
5392 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5393 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5394
5395 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5396 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5397 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5398 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5399
5400 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5401 {
5402 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5403 its actual output section too. */
5404 i->already_assigned = o;
5405 i->output_section = o;
5406 }
5407 }
5408
5409 return dot;
5410 }
5411
5412 struct check_sec
5413 {
5414 asection *sec;
5415 bool warned;
5416 };
5417
5418 static int
5419 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5420 {
5421 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5422 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5423
5424 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5425 return -1;
5426 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5427 return 1;
5428 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5429 return -1;
5430 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5431 return 1;
5432
5433 return 0;
5434 }
5435
5436 static int
5437 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5438 {
5439 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5440 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5441
5442 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5443 return -1;
5444 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5445 return 1;
5446 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5447 return -1;
5448 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5449 return 1;
5450
5451 return 0;
5452 }
5453
5454 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5455 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5456
5457 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5458 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5459
5460 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5461 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5462 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5463 region has overflowed. */
5464
5465 static void
5466 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5467 {
5468 asection *s, *p;
5469 struct check_sec *sections;
5470 size_t i, count;
5471 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5472 bfd_vma s_start;
5473 bfd_vma s_end;
5474 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5475 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5476 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5477 bool overlays;
5478
5479 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5480 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5481 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5482 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5483 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5484 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5485 {
5486 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5487 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5488 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5489 s->name);
5490 else
5491 {
5492 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5493 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5494 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5495 s->name);
5496 }
5497 }
5498
5499 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5500 return;
5501
5502 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5503 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5504
5505 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5506 count = 0;
5507 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5508 {
5509 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5510 || s->size == 0)
5511 continue;
5512
5513 sections[count].sec = s;
5514 sections[count].warned = false;
5515 count++;
5516 }
5517
5518 if (count <= 1)
5519 {
5520 free (sections);
5521 return;
5522 }
5523
5524 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5525
5526 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5527 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5528 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5529 {
5530 s = sections[i].sec;
5531 init_opb (s);
5532 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5533 {
5534 s_start = s->lma;
5535 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5536
5537 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5538 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5539 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5540 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5541 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5542 if (p != NULL
5543 && (s_start <= p_end
5544 || p_end < p_start))
5545 {
5546 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5547 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5548 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5549 sections[i].warned = true;
5550 }
5551 p = s;
5552 p_start = s_start;
5553 p_end = s_end;
5554 }
5555 }
5556
5557 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5558 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5559 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5560 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5561 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5562 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5563 overlays = false;
5564 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5565 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5566 {
5567 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5568 if (p_start == s_start)
5569 {
5570 overlays = true;
5571 break;
5572 }
5573 p_start = s_start;
5574 }
5575
5576 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5577 if (!overlays)
5578 {
5579 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5580 {
5581 s = sections[i].sec;
5582 init_opb (s);
5583 s_start = s->vma;
5584 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5585
5586 if (p != NULL
5587 && !sections[i].warned
5588 && (s_start <= p_end
5589 || p_end < p_start))
5590 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5591 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5592 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5593 p = s;
5594 p_start = s_start;
5595 p_end = s_end;
5596 }
5597 }
5598
5599 free (sections);
5600
5601 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5602 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5603 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5604 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5605
5606 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5607 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5608 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5609 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5610 if (m->had_full_message)
5611 {
5612 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5613 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5614 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5615 over),
5616 m->name_list.name, over);
5617 }
5618 }
5619
5620 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5621 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5622 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5623 calculation wraps around. */
5624
5625 static void
5626 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5627 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5628 etree_type *tree,
5629 bfd_vma rbase)
5630 {
5631 if ((region->current < region->origin
5632 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5633 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5634 || rbase == 0))
5635 {
5636 if (tree != NULL)
5637 {
5638 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5639 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5640 region->current,
5641 os->bfd_section->owner,
5642 os->bfd_section->name,
5643 region->name_list.name);
5644 }
5645 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5646 {
5647 region->had_full_message = true;
5648
5649 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5650 os->bfd_section->owner,
5651 os->bfd_section->name,
5652 region->name_list.name);
5653 }
5654 }
5655 }
5656
5657 static void
5658 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5659 seg_align_type *seg)
5660 {
5661 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5662 {
5663 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5664 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5665 else
5666 {
5667 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5668 }
5669 }
5670 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5671 {
5672 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5673 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5674 else
5675 {
5676 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5677 }
5678 }
5679 }
5680
5681 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5682
5683 static bfd_vma
5684 lang_size_sections_1
5685 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5686 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5687 fill_type *fill,
5688 bfd_vma dot,
5689 bool *relax,
5690 bool check_regions)
5691 {
5692 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5693 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5694 bool removed_prev_s = false;
5695
5696 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5697 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5698 {
5699 bool removed = false;
5700
5701 switch (s->header.type)
5702 {
5703 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5704 {
5705 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5706 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5707 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5708 int section_alignment = 0;
5709
5710 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5711 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5712 if (os->constraint == -1)
5713 break;
5714
5715 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5716 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5717 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5718 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5719 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5720 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5721 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5722 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5723 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5724 {
5725 os->processed_vma = false;
5726 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5727
5728 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5729 {
5730 dot = expld.result.value;
5731 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5732 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5733 }
5734 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5735 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5736 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5737 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5738 }
5739
5740 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5741 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5742 break;
5743
5744 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5745 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5746 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5747 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5748 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5749 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5750 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5751 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5752 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5753 {
5754 asection *input;
5755
5756 if (os->children.head == NULL
5757 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5758 || (os->children.head->header.type
5759 != lang_input_section_enum))
5760 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5761 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5762
5763 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5764 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5765 bfd_section_vma (input));
5766 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5767 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5768 break;
5769 }
5770
5771 newdot = dot;
5772 dotdelta = 0;
5773 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5774 {
5775 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5776 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5777 }
5778 else
5779 {
5780 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5781 {
5782 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5783 from the region specification. */
5784 if (os->region == NULL
5785 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5786 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5787 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5788 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5789 {
5790 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5791 }
5792
5793 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5794 region, and some non default memory regions were
5795 defined, issue an error message. */
5796 if (!os->ignored
5797 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5798 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5799 && check_regions
5800 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5801 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5802 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5803 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5804 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5805 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5806 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5807 {
5808 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5809 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5810 default memory region we can end up creating an
5811 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5812 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5813 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5814 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5815 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5816 switch. */
5817 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5818 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5819 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5820 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5821 else
5822 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5823 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5824 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5825 }
5826
5827 newdot = os->region->current;
5828 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5829 }
5830 else
5831 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5832 "section alignment");
5833
5834 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5835 if (section_alignment > 0)
5836 {
5837 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5838 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5839
5840 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5841 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5842
5843 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5844 diff = dotdelta;
5845 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5846 {
5847 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5848 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5849 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5850 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5851 diff = 0;
5852 }
5853 if (diff != 0
5854 && (config.warn_section_align
5855 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5856 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5857 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5858 os->name, (long) diff);
5859 }
5860
5861 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5862
5863 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5864 }
5865
5866 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5867 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5868
5869 os->processed_vma = true;
5870
5871 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5872 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5873 no output section should change from zero size
5874 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5875 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5876 input section was not sized early enough. */
5877 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5878 else
5879 {
5880 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5881
5882 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5883 align at the block boundary. */
5884 after = ((dot
5885 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5886 + os->block_value - 1)
5887 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5888
5889 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5890 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5891 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5892 }
5893
5894 /* Set section lma. */
5895 r = os->region;
5896 if (r == NULL)
5897 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
5898
5899 if (os->load_base)
5900 {
5901 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5902 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5903 }
5904 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5905 {
5906 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5907
5908 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5909 lma += dotdelta;
5910 else
5911 {
5912 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5913 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5914 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5915 only align according to the value in the output
5916 statement. */
5917 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5918 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5919 "section alignment");
5920 if (section_alignment > 0)
5921 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5922 }
5923 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5924 }
5925 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5926 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5927 {
5928 bfd_vma lma;
5929 asection *last;
5930
5931 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5932
5933 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5934 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5935 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5936 create overlapping LMAs. */
5937 if (dot < last->vma
5938 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5939 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5940 {
5941 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5942 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5943 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5944 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5945 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5946
5947 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5948 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5949 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5950 }
5951 else
5952 {
5953 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5954 at the end of the previous section. */
5955 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5956 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5957
5958 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5959 as the previous section. */
5960 else
5961 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
5962
5963 if (section_alignment > 0)
5964 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5965 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5966 }
5967 }
5968 os->processed_lma = true;
5969
5970 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5971 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5972 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5973 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5974 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5975 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5976 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5977 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5978 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5979 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5980 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5981 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5982 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5983 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5984 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5985 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5986 || (r->last_os == NULL
5987 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5988 || (r->last_os != NULL
5989 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5990 .bfd_section->vma))))
5991 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5992 && os->lma_region == NULL
5993 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5994 r->last_os = s;
5995
5996 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5997 break;
5998
5999 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6000 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6001 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6002 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6003 else
6004 dotdelta = 0;
6005 dot += dotdelta;
6006
6007 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
6008 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6009
6010 /* Update dot in the region ?
6011 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
6012 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
6013 overall size in memory. */
6014 if (os->region != NULL
6015 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
6016 {
6017 os->region->current = dot;
6018
6019 if (check_regions)
6020 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
6021 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
6022 os->bfd_section->vma);
6023
6024 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
6025 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
6026 || os->align_lma_with_input))
6027 {
6028 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
6029
6030 if (check_regions)
6031 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
6032 os->bfd_section->lma);
6033 }
6034 }
6035 }
6036 break;
6037
6038 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6039 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
6040 output_section_statement,
6041 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6042 break;
6043
6044 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6045 {
6046 unsigned int size = 0;
6047
6048 s->data_statement.output_offset =
6049 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6050 s->data_statement.output_section =
6051 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6052
6053 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
6054 need to mark them as needed. */
6055 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6056
6057 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6058 {
6059 default:
6060 abort ();
6061 case QUAD:
6062 case SQUAD:
6063 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6064 break;
6065 case LONG:
6066 size = LONG_SIZE;
6067 break;
6068 case SHORT:
6069 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6070 break;
6071 case BYTE:
6072 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6073 break;
6074 }
6075 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6076 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6077 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6078 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6079 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6080 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6081 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6082
6083 }
6084 break;
6085
6086 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6087 {
6088 int size;
6089
6090 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
6091 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6092 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
6093 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6094 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
6095 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6096 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6097 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6098 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6099 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6100 }
6101 break;
6102
6103 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6104 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
6105 output_section_statement,
6106 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6107 break;
6108
6109 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6110 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
6111 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6112 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6113 break;
6114
6115 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6116 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6117 break;
6118
6119 case lang_input_section_enum:
6120 {
6121 asection *i;
6122
6123 i = s->input_section.section;
6124 if (relax)
6125 {
6126 bool again;
6127
6128 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
6129 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
6130 if (again)
6131 *relax = true;
6132 }
6133 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
6134 fill, &removed, dot);
6135 }
6136 break;
6137
6138 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6139 break;
6140
6141 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6142 s->fill_statement.output_section =
6143 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6144
6145 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6146 break;
6147
6148 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6149 {
6150 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6151 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6152
6153 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6154
6155 exp_fold_tree (tree,
6156 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
6157 &newdot);
6158
6159 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
6160
6161 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6162
6163 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6164 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6165 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6166 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6167 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6168 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
6169
6170 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
6171 {
6172 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
6173 {
6174 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6175 the default memory address. */
6176 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6177 false)->current = newdot;
6178 }
6179 else if (newdot != dot)
6180 {
6181 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6182 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6183 assignment references dot. */
6184 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6185 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
6186
6187 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6188 s = s->header.next;
6189
6190 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6191 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6192 user has explicitly stated that the section
6193 should not be allocated. */
6194 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
6195 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
6196 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6197 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6198 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6199 }
6200 dot = newdot;
6201 }
6202 }
6203 break;
6204
6205 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6206 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6207 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6208 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6209 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6210 will be added back in. */
6211 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6212
6213 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6214 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6215 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6216 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6217 a pad size of zero. */
6218 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6219 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6220 break;
6221
6222 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6223 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6224 output_section_statement,
6225 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6226 break;
6227
6228 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6229 break;
6230
6231 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6232 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6233 break;
6234
6235 default:
6236 FAIL ();
6237 break;
6238 }
6239
6240 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6241 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6242 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6243 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6244 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6245 {
6246 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6247 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6248 if (removed_prev_s)
6249 prev_s = NULL;
6250
6251 if (prev_s)
6252 {
6253 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6254 the current one. */
6255 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6256 s = prev_s;
6257 removed_prev_s = false;
6258 }
6259 else
6260 {
6261 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6262 *prev = s->header.next;
6263 removed_prev_s = true;
6264 }
6265
6266 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6267 list. */
6268 if (!removed_prev_s)
6269 prev = &s->header.next;
6270 }
6271 else
6272 {
6273 prev = &s->header.next;
6274 removed_prev_s = false;
6275 }
6276 }
6277 return dot;
6278 }
6279
6280 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6281 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6282 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6283 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6284
6285 bool
6286 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6287 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6288 asection *current_section,
6289 asection *previous_section,
6290 bool new_segment)
6291 {
6292 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6293 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6294
6295 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6296 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6297 if (new_segment)
6298 return true;
6299
6300 /* Paranoia checks. */
6301 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6302 return new_segment;
6303
6304 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6305 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6306 if (config.separate_code
6307 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6308 return true;
6309
6310 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6311 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6312 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6313 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6314 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6315 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6316
6317 /* More paranoia. */
6318 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6319 return new_segment;
6320
6321 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6322 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6323 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6324 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6325 return cur->region != prev->region;
6326 }
6327
6328 void
6329 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6330 {
6331 lang_statement_iteration++;
6332 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6333 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6334 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6335 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6336 }
6337
6338 static bool
6339 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
6340 {
6341 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6342 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6343 bfd_vma first, last;
6344
6345 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6346 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6347 if (first && last
6348 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
6349 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
6350 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
6351 {
6352 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6353 return true;
6354 }
6355
6356 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6357 return false;
6358 }
6359
6360 static bfd_vma
6361 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
6362 {
6363 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6364 asection *sec;
6365
6366 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6367 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
6368 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
6369
6370 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6371 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6372
6373 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6374 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6375 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6376 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6377 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6378 {
6379 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6380 desired? */
6381 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6382
6383 end = start = sec->vma;
6384 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6385 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6386 bump = desired_end - end;
6387 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6388 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6389 start += bump;
6390 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6391 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6392 desired_end = start;
6393 }
6394
6395 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6396 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6397 seg->base = desired_end;
6398 return relro_end;
6399 }
6400
6401 static bool
6402 lang_size_relro_segment (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6403 {
6404 bool do_reset = false;
6405 bool do_data_relro;
6406 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
6407
6408 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6409 {
6410 do_data_relro = true;
6411 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6412 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
6413 }
6414 else
6415 {
6416 do_data_relro = false;
6417 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
6418 }
6419
6420 if (do_data_relro)
6421 {
6422 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6423 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6424
6425 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6426 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6427 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6428 {
6429 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
6430 do_reset = true;
6431 }
6432 }
6433
6434 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
6435 do_reset = true;
6436
6437 return do_reset;
6438 }
6439
6440 void
6441 lang_size_sections (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6442 {
6443 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6444 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6445
6446 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6447
6448 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6449 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6450
6451 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6452 {
6453 bool do_reset
6454 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6455
6456 if (do_reset)
6457 {
6458 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6459 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6460 }
6461
6462 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6463 {
6464 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6465 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6466 }
6467 }
6468 }
6469
6470 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6471 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6472 static bool prefer_next_section;
6473
6474 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6475
6476 static bfd_vma
6477 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6478 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6479 fill_type *fill,
6480 bfd_vma dot,
6481 bool *found_end)
6482 {
6483 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6484 {
6485 switch (s->header.type)
6486 {
6487 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6488 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6489 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6490 break;
6491
6492 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6493 {
6494 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6495 bfd_vma newdot;
6496
6497 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6498 os->after_end = *found_end;
6499 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6500 newdot = dot;
6501 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6502 {
6503 if (!os->ignored && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6504 {
6505 current_section = os;
6506 prefer_next_section = false;
6507 }
6508 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6509 }
6510 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6511 os, os->fill, newdot, found_end);
6512 if (!os->ignored)
6513 {
6514 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6515 {
6516 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6517
6518 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6519 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6520 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6521 newdot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6522
6523 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6524 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6525 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &newdot);
6526 }
6527 dot = newdot;
6528 }
6529 }
6530 break;
6531
6532 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6533
6534 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6535 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6536 break;
6537
6538 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6539 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6540 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6541 break;
6542
6543 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6544 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6545 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6546 {
6547 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6548 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6549 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6550 }
6551 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6552 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6553 {
6554 unsigned int size;
6555 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6556 {
6557 default:
6558 abort ();
6559 case QUAD:
6560 case SQUAD:
6561 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6562 break;
6563 case LONG:
6564 size = LONG_SIZE;
6565 break;
6566 case SHORT:
6567 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6568 break;
6569 case BYTE:
6570 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6571 break;
6572 }
6573 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6574 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6575 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6576 }
6577 break;
6578
6579 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6580 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6581 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6582 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6583 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6584 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6585 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6586 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6587 break;
6588
6589 case lang_input_section_enum:
6590 {
6591 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6592
6593 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6594 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6595 }
6596 break;
6597
6598 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6599 break;
6600
6601 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6602 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6603 break;
6604
6605 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6606 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6607 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6608 {
6609 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6610
6611 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6612 prefer_next_section = true;
6613
6614 while (*p == '_')
6615 ++p;
6616 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6617 *found_end = true;
6618 }
6619 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6620 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6621 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6622 &dot);
6623 break;
6624
6625 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6626 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6627 break;
6628
6629 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6630 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6631 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6632 break;
6633
6634 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6635 break;
6636
6637 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6638 break;
6639
6640 default:
6641 FAIL ();
6642 break;
6643 }
6644 }
6645 return dot;
6646 }
6647
6648 void
6649 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6650 {
6651 bool found_end = false;
6652
6653 current_section = NULL;
6654 prefer_next_section = false;
6655 expld.phase = phase;
6656 lang_statement_iteration++;
6657 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6658 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6659 }
6660
6661 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6662 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6663 of "dot". */
6664
6665 asection *
6666 section_for_dot (void)
6667 {
6668 asection *s;
6669
6670 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6671 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6672 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6673 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6674 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6675 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6676 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6677 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6678 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6679 {
6680 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6681 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6682
6683 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6684 stmt != NULL;
6685 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6686 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6687 break;
6688
6689 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6690 while (os != NULL
6691 && !os->after_end
6692 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6693 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6694 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6695 os->bfd_section)))
6696 os = os->next;
6697
6698 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6699 {
6700 if (os != NULL)
6701 s = os->bfd_section;
6702 else
6703 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6704 while (s != NULL
6705 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6706 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6707 s = s->prev;
6708 if (s != NULL)
6709 return s;
6710
6711 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6712 }
6713 }
6714
6715 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6716
6717 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6718 while (s != NULL
6719 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6720 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6721 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6722 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6723 s = s->prev;
6724 if (s == NULL)
6725 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6726 while (s != NULL
6727 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6728 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6729 s = s->next;
6730 if (s != NULL)
6731 return s;
6732
6733 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6734 }
6735
6736 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6737
6738 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6739 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6740 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6741
6742 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6743 to start_stop_syms. */
6744
6745 static void
6746 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6747 {
6748 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6749
6750 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6751 if (h != NULL)
6752 {
6753 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6754 {
6755 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6756 start_stop_syms
6757 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6758 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6759 }
6760 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6761 }
6762 }
6763
6764 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6765 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6766 preliminary definitions. */
6767
6768 static void
6769 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6770 {
6771 bfd *abfd;
6772 asection *s;
6773 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6774
6775 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6776 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6777 {
6778 const char *ps;
6779 const char *secname = s->name;
6780
6781 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6782 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6783 break;
6784 if (*ps == '\0')
6785 {
6786 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6787
6788 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6789 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6790 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6791
6792 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6793 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6794 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6795
6796 free (symbol);
6797 }
6798 }
6799 }
6800
6801 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6802
6803 static void
6804 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6805 {
6806 size_t i;
6807
6808 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6809 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6810 }
6811
6812 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6813 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6814 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6815 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6816 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6817
6818 static void
6819 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6820 {
6821 if (h->ldscript_def)
6822 return;
6823
6824 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6825 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6826 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6827 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6828 {
6829 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6830 h->u.def.section->name);
6831 if (sec != NULL)
6832 {
6833 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6834 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6835 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6836 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6837 if there is still an output section with section name
6838 SECNAME. */
6839 asection *i;
6840 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6841 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6842 {
6843 h->u.def.section = i;
6844 return;
6845 }
6846 }
6847 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6848 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6849 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
6850 {
6851 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6852 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6853 unsigned int was_forced = eh->forced_local;
6854
6855 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
6856 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, eh, true);
6857 if (!eh->ref_regular_nonweak)
6858 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak;
6859 eh->def_regular = 0;
6860 eh->forced_local = was_forced;
6861 }
6862 }
6863 }
6864
6865 static void
6866 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6867 {
6868 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6869 }
6870
6871 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6872 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6873 preliminary definitions. */
6874
6875 static void
6876 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6877 {
6878 asection *s;
6879
6880 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6881 {
6882 const char *secname = s->name;
6883 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6884
6885 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6886 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6887
6888 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6889 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6890 free (symbol);
6891 }
6892 }
6893
6894 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6895
6896 static void
6897 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6898 {
6899 if (h->ldscript_def
6900 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6901 return;
6902
6903 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6904 {
6905 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6906 .startof. already has final value. */
6907 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6908 {
6909 /* .sizeof. */
6910 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6911 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6912 }
6913 }
6914 else
6915 {
6916 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6917 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6918
6919 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6920 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6921 {
6922 /* __stop_ */
6923 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6924 }
6925 }
6926 }
6927
6928 static void
6929 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6930 {
6931 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6932 }
6933
6934 static void
6935 lang_end (void)
6936 {
6937 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6938 bool warn;
6939
6940 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6941 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6942 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6943 else
6944 warn = true;
6945
6946 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6947 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6948 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6949 && link_info.gc_sections
6950 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported)
6951 {
6952 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
6953
6954 for (sym = link_info.gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
6955 {
6956 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, sym->name,
6957 false, false, false);
6958 if (h != NULL
6959 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6960 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6961 && !bfd_is_const_section (h->u.def.section))
6962 break;
6963 }
6964 if (!sym)
6965 einfo (_("%F%P: --gc-sections requires a defined symbol root "
6966 "specified by -e or -u\n"));
6967 }
6968
6969 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6970 {
6971 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6972 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6973 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6974 warn = false;
6975 }
6976
6977 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6978 false, false, true);
6979 if (h != NULL
6980 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6981 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6982 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6983 {
6984 bfd_vma val;
6985
6986 val = (h->u.def.value
6987 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
6988 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6989 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6990 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6991 }
6992 else
6993 {
6994 bfd_vma val;
6995 const char *send;
6996
6997 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6998 number. */
6999 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
7000 if (*send == '\0')
7001 {
7002 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7003 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7004 }
7005 /* BZ 2004952: Only use the start of the entry section for executables. */
7006 else if bfd_link_executable (&link_info)
7007 {
7008 asection *ts;
7009
7010 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
7011 the first address in the text section. */
7012 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
7013 if (ts != NULL)
7014 {
7015 if (warn)
7016 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7017 " defaulting to %V\n"),
7018 entry_symbol.name,
7019 bfd_section_vma (ts));
7020 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
7021 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
7022 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7023 }
7024 else
7025 {
7026 if (warn)
7027 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7028 " not setting start address\n"),
7029 entry_symbol.name);
7030 }
7031 }
7032 else
7033 {
7034 if (warn)
7035 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7036 " not setting start address\n"),
7037 entry_symbol.name);
7038 }
7039 }
7040 }
7041
7042 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
7043 BFD. */
7044
7045 static void
7046 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7047 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7048 {
7049 /* Don't do anything. */
7050 }
7051
7052 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
7053 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
7054 other checking that is needed. */
7055
7056 static void
7057 lang_check (void)
7058 {
7059 lang_input_statement_type *file;
7060 bfd *input_bfd;
7061 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
7062
7063 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
7064 file != NULL;
7065 file = file->next)
7066 {
7067 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7068 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
7069 if (file->flags.claimed)
7070 continue;
7071 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7072 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
7073 compatible
7074 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
7075 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
7076
7077 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
7078 link between differing object formats when the input
7079 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
7080 input format may not have equivalent representations in
7081 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
7082 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
7083 if (!file->flags.just_syms
7084 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7085 || link_info.emitrelocations)
7086 && (compatible == NULL
7087 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
7088 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
7089 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
7090 {
7091 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
7092 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
7093 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7094 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
7095 /* einfo with %F exits. */
7096 }
7097
7098 if (compatible == NULL)
7099 {
7100 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7101 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
7102 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
7103 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7104 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
7105 }
7106
7107 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
7108 private data of the output bfd. */
7109 else if (!file->flags.just_syms
7110 && ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7111 || bfd_count_sections (input_bfd) != 0))
7112 {
7113 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
7114
7115 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
7116 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
7117 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
7118 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
7119 information which is needed in the output file. */
7120 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7121 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
7122 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
7123 {
7124 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7125 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
7126 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
7127 }
7128 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7129 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
7130 }
7131 }
7132 }
7133
7134 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
7135 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
7136 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
7137
7138 static void
7139 lang_common (void)
7140 {
7141 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
7142 return;
7143 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7144 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
7145 return;
7146
7147 if (!config.sort_common)
7148 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
7149 else
7150 {
7151 unsigned int power;
7152
7153 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
7154 {
7155 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
7156 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7157
7158 power = 0;
7159 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7160 }
7161 else
7162 {
7163 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
7164 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7165
7166 power = (unsigned int) -1;
7167 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7168 }
7169 }
7170 }
7171
7172 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
7173
7174 static bool
7175 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
7176 {
7177 unsigned int power_of_two;
7178 bfd_vma size;
7179 asection *section;
7180
7181 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
7182 return true;
7183
7184 size = h->u.c.size;
7185 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
7186
7187 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
7188 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
7189 return true;
7190 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7191 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7192 return true;
7193
7194 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7195 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7196 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7197 h->root.string);
7198
7199 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7200 {
7201 static bool header_printed;
7202 int len;
7203 char *name;
7204 char buf[50];
7205
7206 if (!header_printed)
7207 {
7208 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7209 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7210 header_printed = true;
7211 }
7212
7213 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7214 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7215 if (name == NULL)
7216 {
7217 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7218 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7219 }
7220 else
7221 {
7222 minfo ("%s", name);
7223 len = strlen (name);
7224 free (name);
7225 }
7226
7227 if (len >= 19)
7228 {
7229 print_nl ();
7230 len = 0;
7231 }
7232 while (len < 20)
7233 {
7234 print_space ();
7235 ++len;
7236 }
7237
7238 minfo ("0x");
7239 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
7240 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
7241 else
7242 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
7243 minfo ("%s", buf);
7244 len = strlen (buf);
7245
7246 while (len < 16)
7247 {
7248 print_space ();
7249 ++len;
7250 }
7251
7252 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7253 }
7254
7255 return true;
7256 }
7257
7258 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7259 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7260 option are handled here. */
7261
7262 static void
7263 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7264 {
7265 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7266 {
7267 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7268 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
7269 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7270 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7271 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7272 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7273 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7274 }
7275 else
7276 {
7277 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7278 const char *name = s->name;
7279 int constraint = 0;
7280
7281 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7282 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7283 s, s->owner);
7284
7285 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7286 constraint = SPECIAL;
7287
7288 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7289 if (os == NULL)
7290 {
7291 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, 1);
7292 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7293 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7294 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7295 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7296 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7297 }
7298
7299 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7300 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7301 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7302 s, s->owner, os->name);
7303 }
7304 }
7305
7306 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7307 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7308 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7309
7310 static void
7311 lang_place_orphans (void)
7312 {
7313 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7314 {
7315 asection *s;
7316
7317 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7318 {
7319 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7320 {
7321 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7322 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7323
7324 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7325 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7326 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7327 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7328 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7329 {
7330 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7331 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7332 with the wildcard. */
7333 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7334 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7335 {
7336 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7337 default_common_section
7338 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0, 1);
7339 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7340 NULL, NULL, default_common_section);
7341 }
7342 }
7343 else
7344 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7345 }
7346 }
7347 }
7348 }
7349
7350 void
7351 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7352 {
7353 flagword *ptr_flags;
7354
7355 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7356
7357 while (*flags)
7358 {
7359 switch (*flags)
7360 {
7361 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7362 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7363 case '!':
7364 invert = !invert;
7365 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7366 break;
7367
7368 case 'A': case 'a':
7369 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7370 break;
7371
7372 case 'R': case 'r':
7373 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7374 break;
7375
7376 case 'W': case 'w':
7377 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7378 break;
7379
7380 case 'X': case 'x':
7381 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7382 break;
7383
7384 case 'L': case 'l':
7385 case 'I': case 'i':
7386 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7387 break;
7388
7389 default:
7390 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7391 *flags, *flags);
7392 break;
7393 }
7394 flags++;
7395 }
7396 }
7397
7398 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7399 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7400
7401 void
7402 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7403 {
7404 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7405
7406 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7407 f != NULL;
7408 f = f->next_real_file)
7409 if (f->flags.real)
7410 func (f);
7411 }
7412
7413 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7414 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7415 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7416
7417 void
7418 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7419 {
7420 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7421 {
7422 if (f->flags.real)
7423 func (f);
7424 }
7425 }
7426
7427 void
7428 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7429 {
7430 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7431
7432 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7433 a link. */
7434 ASSERT (link_info.input_bfds_tail != &entry->the_bfd->link.next
7435 && entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7436 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7437
7438 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7439 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7440 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7441 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7442
7443 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7444 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7445 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7446 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7447 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7448 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7449 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7450 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7451 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7452
7453 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7454 }
7455
7456 void
7457 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7458 {
7459 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7460 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7461 {
7462 output_filename = name;
7463 had_output_filename = true;
7464 }
7465 }
7466
7467 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7468 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7469 etree_type *address_exp,
7470 enum section_type sectype,
7471 etree_type *align,
7472 etree_type *subalign,
7473 etree_type *ebase,
7474 int constraint,
7475 int align_with_input)
7476 {
7477 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7478
7479 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7480 constraint, 2);
7481 current_section = os;
7482
7483 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7484 {
7485 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7486 }
7487 os->sectype = sectype;
7488 if (sectype != noload_section)
7489 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7490 else
7491 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7492 os->block_value = 1;
7493
7494 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7495 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7496
7497 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7498 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7499 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7500 NULL);
7501
7502 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7503 os->section_alignment = align;
7504
7505 os->load_base = ebase;
7506 return os;
7507 }
7508
7509 void
7510 lang_final (void)
7511 {
7512 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7513
7514 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7515 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7516 }
7517
7518 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7519
7520 void
7521 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7522 {
7523 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7524 asection *o;
7525 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7526
7527 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7528 {
7529 p->current = p->origin;
7530 p->last_os = NULL;
7531 }
7532
7533 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7534 os != NULL;
7535 os = os->next)
7536 {
7537 os->processed_vma = false;
7538 os->processed_lma = false;
7539 }
7540
7541 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7542 {
7543 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7544 o->rawsize = o->size;
7545 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7546 o->size = 0;
7547 }
7548 }
7549
7550 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7551
7552 static void
7553 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7554 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7555 asection *section,
7556 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7557 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7558 {
7559 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7560 should be as well. */
7561 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7562 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7563 }
7564
7565 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7566
7567 static void
7568 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7569 {
7570 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7571 {
7572 switch (s->header.type)
7573 {
7574 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7575 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7576 break;
7577 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7578 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7579 break;
7580 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7581 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7582 break;
7583 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7584 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7585 break;
7586 default:
7587 break;
7588 }
7589 }
7590 }
7591
7592 static void
7593 lang_gc_sections (void)
7594 {
7595 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7596 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7597
7598 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7599 the special case of .stabstr debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7600 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7601 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7602 {
7603 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7604 {
7605 asection *sec;
7606 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7607 if (f->flags.claimed)
7608 continue;
7609 #endif
7610 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7611 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0
7612 || strcmp (sec->name, ".stabstr") != 0)
7613 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7614 }
7615 }
7616
7617 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7618 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7619 }
7620
7621 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7622
7623 static void
7624 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7625 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7626 asection *section,
7627 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7628 void *data)
7629 {
7630 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7631 size. */
7632 if (section->output_section != NULL
7633 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7634 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7635 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7636 && section->size != 0)
7637 {
7638 bool *has_relro_section = (bool *) data;
7639 *has_relro_section = true;
7640 }
7641 }
7642
7643 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7644
7645 static void
7646 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7647 seg_align_type *seg,
7648 bool *has_relro_section)
7649 {
7650 if (*has_relro_section)
7651 return;
7652
7653 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7654 {
7655 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7656 break;
7657
7658 switch (s->header.type)
7659 {
7660 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7661 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7662 find_relro_section_callback,
7663 has_relro_section);
7664 break;
7665 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7666 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7667 seg, has_relro_section);
7668 break;
7669 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7670 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7671 seg, has_relro_section);
7672 break;
7673 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7674 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7675 seg, has_relro_section);
7676 break;
7677 default:
7678 break;
7679 }
7680 }
7681 }
7682
7683 static void
7684 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7685 {
7686 bool has_relro_section = false;
7687
7688 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7689
7690 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7691 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7692
7693 if (!has_relro_section)
7694 link_info.relro = false;
7695 }
7696
7697 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7698
7699 void
7700 lang_relax_sections (bool need_layout)
7701 {
7702 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7703 {
7704 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7705 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7706
7707 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7708 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7709
7710 while (i--)
7711 {
7712 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7713 bool relax_again;
7714
7715 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7716 do
7717 {
7718 link_info.relax_trip++;
7719
7720 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7721 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7722 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7723
7724 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7725 section sizes. */
7726 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7727
7728 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7729 size. */
7730 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7731
7732 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7733 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7734 relax_again = false;
7735 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, false);
7736 }
7737 while (relax_again);
7738
7739 link_info.relax_pass++;
7740 }
7741 need_layout = true;
7742 }
7743
7744 if (need_layout)
7745 {
7746 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7747 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7748 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7749 lang_size_sections (NULL, true);
7750 }
7751 }
7752
7753 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7754 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7755 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7756 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7757 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7758 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7759 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7760 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7761 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7762 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7763 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7764
7765 static lang_input_statement_type *
7766 find_replacements_insert_point (bool *before)
7767 {
7768 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7769 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7770 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7771 claim1 != NULL;
7772 claim1 = claim1->next)
7773 {
7774 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7775 {
7776 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7777 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7778 }
7779 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7780 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7781 lastobject = claim1;
7782 }
7783 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7784 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7785 insert point. */
7786 *before = false;
7787 return lastobject;
7788 }
7789
7790 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7791 added during a rescan. */
7792
7793 static lang_input_statement_type **
7794 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7795 {
7796 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7797 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7798 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7799 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7800 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7801
7802 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7803 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7804
7805 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7806 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7807 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7808 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7809 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7810 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7811 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7812 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7813 f != NULL;
7814 f = f->next_real_file)
7815 {
7816 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7817 {
7818 before = last_loaded;
7819 if (f->next != NULL)
7820 return &f->next->next;
7821 }
7822 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7823 last_loaded = f;
7824 }
7825
7826 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7827 *iter != NULL;
7828 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7829 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7830 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7831 break;
7832
7833 return iter;
7834 }
7835
7836 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7837 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7838 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7839
7840 static void
7841 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7842 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7843 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7844 {
7845 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7846 *field = srclist->head;
7847 if (destlist->tail == field)
7848 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7849 }
7850
7851 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7852 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7853
7854 static void
7855 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7856 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7857 {
7858 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7859 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7860 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7861 savetail = origlist->tail;
7862 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7863 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7864 destlist->tail = savetail;
7865 *savetail = NULL;
7866 }
7867
7868 static lang_statement_union_type **
7869 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7870 {
7871 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7872 {
7873 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7874 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7875 {
7876 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7877 return s;
7878 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7879 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7880 break;
7881 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7882 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7883 break;
7884 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7885 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7886 break;
7887 default:
7888 continue;
7889 }
7890 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7891 if (*t)
7892 return t;
7893 }
7894 return s;
7895 }
7896 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7897
7898 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7899
7900 void
7901 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7902 {
7903 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7904
7905 if (name == NULL)
7906 return;
7907
7908 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7909
7910 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7911 sym->name = name;
7912 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7913 }
7914
7915 /* Check relocations. */
7916
7917 static void
7918 lang_check_relocs (void)
7919 {
7920 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7921 {
7922 bfd *abfd;
7923
7924 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7925 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7926 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7927 {
7928 /* No object output, fail return. */
7929 config.make_executable = false;
7930 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7931 continue the scan in case there are other
7932 bad relocations to report. */
7933 }
7934 }
7935 }
7936
7937 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7938 propagate forward the lma region. */
7939
7940 static void
7941 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7942 {
7943 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7944
7945 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7946 os != NULL;
7947 os = os->next)
7948 {
7949 if (os->prev != NULL
7950 && os->lma_region == NULL
7951 && os->load_base == NULL
7952 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7953 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7954 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7955 }
7956 }
7957
7958 void
7959 lang_process (void)
7960 {
7961 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7962 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7963 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7964
7965 current_target = default_target;
7966
7967 /* Open the output file. */
7968 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7969 init_opb (NULL);
7970
7971 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7972
7973 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7974 lang_place_undefineds ();
7975
7976 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7977 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7978
7979 /* A first pass through the memory regions ensures that if any region
7980 references a symbol for its origin or length then this symbol will be
7981 added to the symbol table. Having these symbols in the symbol table
7982 means that when we call open_input_bfds PROVIDE statements will
7983 trigger to provide any needed symbols. The regions origins and
7984 lengths are not assigned as a result of this call. */
7985 lang_do_memory_regions (false);
7986
7987 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7988 current_target = default_target;
7989 lang_statement_iteration++;
7990 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7991
7992 /* Now that open_input_bfds has processed assignments and provide
7993 statements we can give values to symbolic origin/length now. */
7994 lang_do_memory_regions (true);
7995
7996 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7997 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7998 {
7999 lang_statement_list_type added;
8000 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
8001
8002 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
8003 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
8004 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
8005 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
8006 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
8007 file. */
8008 added = *stat_ptr;
8009 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
8010 files = file_chain;
8011 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
8012 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
8013 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
8014 plugin_error_plugin ());
8015 link_info.lto_all_symbols_read = true;
8016 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
8017 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
8018 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8019 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
8020 plugin_undefs = NULL;
8021 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
8022 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
8023 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
8024 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8025 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
8026 /* Were any new files added? */
8027 if (added.head != NULL)
8028 {
8029 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
8030 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
8031 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
8032 immediately before. */
8033 bool before;
8034 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
8035 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
8036 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
8037 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
8038 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
8039 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
8040 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
8041 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
8042 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8043 if (before)
8044 {
8045 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
8046 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
8047 {
8048 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
8049 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
8050 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8051 }
8052 }
8053 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
8054 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
8055 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
8056 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
8057 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
8058 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
8059 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
8060 if (plugin_insert->filename)
8061 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
8062 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
8063 else
8064 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
8065
8066 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
8067 files = file_chain;
8068 lang_statement_iteration++;
8069 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
8070 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8071 while (files.head != NULL)
8072 {
8073 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
8074 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
8075 bfd *my_arch;
8076
8077 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
8078 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
8079 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
8080 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
8081 if (my_arch != NULL)
8082 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
8083 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
8084 break;
8085 temp = *insert;
8086 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
8087 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
8088 *iter = temp;
8089 if (my_arch != NULL)
8090 {
8091 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
8092 if (parent != NULL)
8093 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
8094 ((char *) iter
8095 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
8096 }
8097 }
8098 }
8099 }
8100 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
8101
8102 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
8103 before now. */
8104 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
8105
8106 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
8107
8108 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
8109 {
8110 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
8111
8112 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
8113 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
8114 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
8115 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
8116 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
8117 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
8118 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
8119 points for garbage collection resolution. */
8120 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
8121 }
8122
8123 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
8124 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
8125
8126 ldemul_after_open ();
8127 if (config.map_file != NULL)
8128 lang_print_asneeded ();
8129
8130 ldlang_open_ctf ();
8131
8132 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
8133
8134 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
8135 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
8136 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
8137 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
8138 link. */
8139 lang_check ();
8140
8141 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
8142 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
8143 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
8144
8145 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
8146 files. */
8147 ldctor_build_sets ();
8148
8149 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
8150 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
8151 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
8152 if (config.build_constructors)
8153 lang_init_start_stop ();
8154
8155 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
8156 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
8157 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
8158 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
8159
8160 /* Size up the common data. */
8161 lang_common ();
8162
8163 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
8164 lang_gc_sections ();
8165
8166 lang_mark_undefineds ();
8167
8168 /* Check relocations. */
8169 lang_check_relocs ();
8170
8171 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
8172
8173 /* Update wild statements. */
8174 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
8175
8176 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
8177 to the correct output sections. */
8178 lang_statement_iteration++;
8179 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
8180
8181 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
8182 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
8183 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
8184
8185 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
8186
8187 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
8188 lang_place_orphans ();
8189
8190 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8191 {
8192 asection *found;
8193
8194 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
8195 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
8196 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
8197 is hard then. */
8198 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
8199
8200 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8201 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8202
8203 if (found != NULL)
8204 {
8205 if (config.text_read_only)
8206 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8207 else
8208 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8209 }
8210 }
8211
8212 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8213 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8214 lang_merge_ctf ();
8215
8216 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8217 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8218 lang_write_ctf (0);
8219
8220 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8221 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8222
8223 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8224 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8225 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8226 if (config.build_constructors)
8227 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8228
8229 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8230 dynamic symbols are created. */
8231 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8232 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8233
8234 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8235 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8236 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8237
8238 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8239 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8240 lang_record_phdrs ();
8241
8242 /* Check relro sections. */
8243 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8244 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8245
8246 /* Size up the sections. */
8247 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8248
8249 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8250 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8251 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8252
8253 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8254 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8255
8256 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8257 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8258 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8259 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8260 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8261 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8262
8263 ldemul_finish ();
8264
8265 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8266 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8267
8268 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8269 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8270 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8271
8272 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8273 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8274
8275 lang_end ();
8276 }
8277
8278 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8279
8280 void
8281 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8282 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8283 bool keep_sections)
8284 {
8285 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8286 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8287
8288 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8289 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8290 curr != NULL;
8291 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8292 {
8293 next = curr->next;
8294 curr->next = section_list;
8295 }
8296
8297 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8298 {
8299 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8300 filespec->name = NULL;
8301 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8302 lang_has_input_file = true;
8303 }
8304
8305 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8306 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8307 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = false;
8308 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8309 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8310 if (filespec != NULL)
8311 {
8312 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8313 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8314 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8315 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8316 }
8317 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8318 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8319 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8320 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8321 }
8322
8323 void
8324 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8325 const segment_type *segment)
8326 {
8327 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8328
8329 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8330 ad->section_name = name;
8331 ad->address = address;
8332 ad->segment = segment;
8333 }
8334
8335 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8336 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8337 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8338 precedence. */
8339
8340 void
8341 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bool cmdline)
8342 {
8343 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8344 || cmdline
8345 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8346 {
8347 entry_symbol.name = name;
8348 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8349 }
8350 }
8351
8352 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8353 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8354 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8355 must be permanently allocated. */
8356 void
8357 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8358 {
8359 entry_symbol_default = name;
8360 }
8361
8362 void
8363 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8364 {
8365 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8366
8367 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8368 new_stmt->target = name;
8369 }
8370
8371 void
8372 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8373 {
8374 while (*name)
8375 {
8376 switch (*name)
8377 {
8378 case 'F':
8379 map_option_f = true;
8380 break;
8381 }
8382 name++;
8383 }
8384 }
8385
8386 void
8387 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8388 {
8389 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8390
8391 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8392 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8393 }
8394
8395 void
8396 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8397 {
8398 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8399
8400 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8401 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8402 new_stmt->type = type;
8403 }
8404
8405 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8406 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8407 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8408 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8409 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8410 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8411
8412 void
8413 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8414 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8415 asection *section,
8416 const char *name,
8417 union etree_union *addend)
8418 {
8419 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8420
8421 p->reloc = reloc;
8422 p->howto = howto;
8423 p->section = section;
8424 p->name = name;
8425 p->addend_exp = addend;
8426
8427 p->addend_value = 0;
8428 p->output_section = NULL;
8429 p->output_offset = 0;
8430 }
8431
8432 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8433 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8434 {
8435 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8436
8437 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8438 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8439 return new_stmt;
8440 }
8441
8442 void
8443 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8444 {
8445 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8446 }
8447
8448 void
8449 lang_startup (const char *name)
8450 {
8451 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8452 {
8453 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8454 }
8455 first_file->filename = name;
8456 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8457 first_file->flags.real = true;
8458 }
8459
8460 void
8461 lang_float (bool maybe)
8462 {
8463 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8464 }
8465
8466
8467 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8468 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8469
8470 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8471 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8472 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8473 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8474 had an explicit load address.
8475
8476 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8477
8478 static void
8479 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8480 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8481 const char *memspec,
8482 const char *lma_memspec,
8483 bool have_lma,
8484 bool have_vma)
8485 {
8486 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, false);
8487
8488 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8489 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8490 as well. */
8491 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8492 && !have_vma
8493 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8494 *region = *lma_region;
8495 else
8496 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, false);
8497
8498 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8499 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8500 NULL);
8501 }
8502
8503 void
8504 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8505 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8506 const char *lma_memspec)
8507 {
8508 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8509 &current_section->lma_region,
8510 memspec, lma_memspec,
8511 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8512 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8513
8514 current_section->fill = fill;
8515 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8516 pop_stat_ptr ();
8517 }
8518
8519 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8520
8521 void
8522 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8523 const char *big,
8524 const char *little,
8525 int from_script)
8526 {
8527 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8528 {
8529 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8530 && big != NULL)
8531 format = big;
8532 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8533 && little != NULL)
8534 format = little;
8535
8536 output_target = format;
8537 }
8538 }
8539
8540 void
8541 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8542 {
8543 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8544
8545 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8546 new_stmt->where = where;
8547 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8548 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8549 }
8550
8551 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8552 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8553
8554 void
8555 lang_enter_group (void)
8556 {
8557 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8558
8559 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8560 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8561 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8562 }
8563
8564 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8565 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8566 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8567 but currently they can't. */
8568
8569 void
8570 lang_leave_group (void)
8571 {
8572 pop_stat_ptr ();
8573 }
8574
8575 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8576 command in a linker script. */
8577
8578 void
8579 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8580 etree_type *type,
8581 bool filehdr,
8582 bool phdrs,
8583 etree_type *at,
8584 etree_type *flags)
8585 {
8586 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8587 bool hdrs;
8588
8589 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8590 n->next = NULL;
8591 n->name = name;
8592 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8593 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8594 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8595 n->at = at;
8596 n->flags = flags;
8597
8598 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8599
8600 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8601 if (hdrs
8602 && (*pp)->type == 1
8603 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8604 {
8605 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8606 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8607 hdrs = false;
8608 }
8609
8610 *pp = n;
8611 }
8612
8613 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8614 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8615
8616 static void
8617 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8618 {
8619 unsigned int alc;
8620 asection **secs;
8621 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8622 struct lang_phdr *l;
8623 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8624
8625 alc = 10;
8626 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8627 last = NULL;
8628
8629 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8630 {
8631 unsigned int c;
8632 flagword flags;
8633 bfd_vma at;
8634
8635 c = 0;
8636 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8637 os != NULL;
8638 os = os->next)
8639 {
8640 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8641
8642 if (os->constraint < 0)
8643 continue;
8644
8645 pl = os->phdrs;
8646 if (pl != NULL)
8647 last = pl;
8648 else
8649 {
8650 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8651 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8652 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8653 continue;
8654
8655 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8656 if (l->type == 3)
8657 continue;
8658
8659 if (last == NULL)
8660 {
8661 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8662
8663 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8664 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8665 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8666 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8667 header and there are sections in that script which are
8668 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8669 use of that header. See here for more details:
8670 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8671 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8672 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8673 {
8674 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8675 break;
8676 }
8677 if (last == NULL)
8678 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8679 }
8680 pl = last;
8681 }
8682
8683 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8684 continue;
8685
8686 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8687 {
8688 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8689 {
8690 if (c >= alc)
8691 {
8692 alc *= 2;
8693 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8694 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8695 }
8696 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8697 ++c;
8698 pl->used = true;
8699 }
8700 }
8701 }
8702
8703 if (l->flags == NULL)
8704 flags = 0;
8705 else
8706 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8707
8708 if (l->at == NULL)
8709 at = 0;
8710 else
8711 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8712
8713 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8714 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8715 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8716 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8717 }
8718
8719 free (secs);
8720
8721 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8722 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8723 os != NULL;
8724 os = os->next)
8725 {
8726 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8727
8728 if (os->constraint < 0
8729 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8730 continue;
8731
8732 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8733 pl != NULL;
8734 pl = pl->next)
8735 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8736 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8737 os->name, pl->name);
8738 }
8739 }
8740
8741 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8742
8743 void
8744 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8745 {
8746 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8747
8748 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8749 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8750 n->list = l;
8751 n->onlyfirst = false;
8752 nocrossref_list = n;
8753
8754 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8755 link_info.notice_all = true;
8756 }
8757
8758 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8759
8760 void
8761 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8762 {
8763 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8764 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = true;
8765 }
8766 \f
8767 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8768
8769 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8770 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8771 /* And subsection alignment. */
8772 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8773
8774 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8775 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8776
8777 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8778
8779 struct overlay_list {
8780 struct overlay_list *next;
8781 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8782 };
8783
8784 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8785
8786 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8787
8788 void
8789 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8790 {
8791 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8792 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8793 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8794 && overlay_max == NULL);
8795
8796 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8797 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8798 }
8799
8800 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8801 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8802 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8803
8804 void
8805 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8806 {
8807 struct overlay_list *n;
8808 etree_type *size;
8809
8810 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8811 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8812
8813 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8814 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8815 used in the addresses. */
8816 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8817 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8818
8819 /* Remember the section. */
8820 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8821 n->os = current_section;
8822 n->next = overlay_list;
8823 overlay_list = n;
8824
8825 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8826
8827 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8828 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8829 overlay_max = size;
8830 else
8831 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8832 }
8833
8834 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8835 here. */
8836
8837 void
8838 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8839 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8840 {
8841 const char *name;
8842 char *clean, *s2;
8843 const char *s1;
8844 char *buf;
8845
8846 name = current_section->name;
8847
8848 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8849 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8850 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8851 override it. */
8852 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8853
8854 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8855
8856 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8857 s2 = clean;
8858 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8859 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8860 *s2++ = *s1;
8861 *s2 = '\0';
8862
8863 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8864 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8865 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8866 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8867 false));
8868
8869 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8870 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8871 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8872 exp_binop ('+',
8873 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8874 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8875 false));
8876
8877 free (clean);
8878 }
8879
8880 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8881 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8882
8883 void
8884 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8885 int nocrossrefs,
8886 fill_type *fill,
8887 const char *memspec,
8888 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8889 const char *lma_memspec)
8890 {
8891 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8892 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8893 struct overlay_list *l;
8894 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8895
8896 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8897 memspec, lma_memspec,
8898 lma_expr != NULL, false);
8899
8900 nocrossref = NULL;
8901
8902 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8903 overlay region. */
8904 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8905 {
8906 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8907 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8908 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), false);
8909 }
8910
8911 l = overlay_list;
8912 while (l != NULL)
8913 {
8914 struct overlay_list *next;
8915
8916 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8917 l->os->fill = fill;
8918
8919 l->os->region = region;
8920 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8921
8922 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8923 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8924 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8925 an LMA region was specified. */
8926 if (l->next == 0)
8927 {
8928 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8929 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8930 }
8931 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8932 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8933
8934 if (nocrossrefs)
8935 {
8936 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8937
8938 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8939 nc->name = l->os->name;
8940 nc->next = nocrossref;
8941 nocrossref = nc;
8942 }
8943
8944 next = l->next;
8945 free (l);
8946 l = next;
8947 }
8948
8949 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8950 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8951
8952 overlay_vma = NULL;
8953 overlay_list = NULL;
8954 overlay_max = NULL;
8955 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8956 }
8957 \f
8958 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8959
8960 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8961 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8962 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8963
8964 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8965 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8966 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8967 const char *sym)
8968 {
8969 const char *c_sym;
8970 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8971 const char *java_sym = sym;
8972 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8973 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8974
8975 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8976 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8977 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8978 if (!c_sym)
8979 c_sym = sym;
8980 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8981
8982 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8983 {
8984 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8985 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8986 if (!cxx_sym)
8987 cxx_sym = sym;
8988 }
8989 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8990 {
8991 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8992 if (!java_sym)
8993 java_sym = sym;
8994 }
8995
8996 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8997 {
8998 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8999
9000 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
9001 {
9002 case 0:
9003 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9004 {
9005 e.pattern = c_sym;
9006 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9007 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9008 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
9009 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9010 goto out_ret;
9011 else
9012 expr = expr->next;
9013 }
9014 /* Fallthrough */
9015 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
9016 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9017 {
9018 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
9019 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9020 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9021 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
9022 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9023 goto out_ret;
9024 else
9025 expr = expr->next;
9026 }
9027 /* Fallthrough */
9028 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
9029 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9030 {
9031 e.pattern = java_sym;
9032 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9033 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9034 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
9035 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9036 goto out_ret;
9037 else
9038 expr = expr->next;
9039 }
9040 /* Fallthrough */
9041 default:
9042 break;
9043 }
9044 }
9045
9046 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
9047 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
9048 expr = head->remaining;
9049 else
9050 expr = prev->next;
9051 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
9052 {
9053 const char *s;
9054
9055 if (!expr->pattern)
9056 continue;
9057
9058 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
9059 break;
9060
9061 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9062 s = java_sym;
9063 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9064 s = cxx_sym;
9065 else
9066 s = c_sym;
9067 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
9068 break;
9069 }
9070
9071 out_ret:
9072 if (c_sym != sym)
9073 free ((char *) c_sym);
9074 if (cxx_sym != sym)
9075 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
9076 if (java_sym != sym)
9077 free ((char *) java_sym);
9078 return expr;
9079 }
9080
9081 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
9082 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
9083
9084 static const char *
9085 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
9086 {
9087 const char *p;
9088 bool changed = false, backslash = false;
9089 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
9090
9091 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
9092 {
9093 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
9094 backslash. */
9095 if (backslash)
9096 {
9097 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
9098 *(s - 1) = *p;
9099 backslash = false;
9100 changed = true;
9101 }
9102 else
9103 {
9104 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
9105 {
9106 free (symbol);
9107 return NULL;
9108 }
9109
9110 *s++ = *p;
9111 backslash = *p == '\\';
9112 }
9113 }
9114
9115 if (changed)
9116 {
9117 *s = '\0';
9118 return symbol;
9119 }
9120 else
9121 {
9122 free (symbol);
9123 return pattern;
9124 }
9125 }
9126
9127 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
9128 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
9129 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
9130
9131 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9132 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
9133 const char *new_name,
9134 const char *lang,
9135 bool literal_p)
9136 {
9137 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
9138
9139 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9140 ret->next = orig;
9141 ret->symver = 0;
9142 ret->script = 0;
9143 ret->literal = true;
9144 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
9145 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
9146 {
9147 ret->pattern = new_name;
9148 ret->literal = false;
9149 }
9150
9151 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
9152 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9153 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
9154 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
9155 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
9156 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
9157 else
9158 {
9159 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
9160 lang);
9161 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9162 }
9163
9164 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
9165 }
9166
9167 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
9168 expressions. */
9169
9170 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
9171 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
9172 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
9173 {
9174 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
9175
9176 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
9177 ret->globals.list = globals;
9178 ret->locals.list = locals;
9179 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
9180 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
9181 return ret;
9182 }
9183
9184 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
9185
9186 static int version_index;
9187
9188 static hashval_t
9189 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
9190 {
9191 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
9192 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
9193
9194 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
9195 }
9196
9197 static int
9198 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9199 {
9200 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9201 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9202 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9203 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9204
9205 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9206 }
9207
9208 static void
9209 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9210 {
9211 size_t count = 0;
9212 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9213 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9214
9215 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9216 {
9217 if (e->literal)
9218 count++;
9219 head->mask |= e->mask;
9220 }
9221
9222 if (count)
9223 {
9224 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9225 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9226 list_loc = &head->list;
9227 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9228 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9229 {
9230 next = e->next;
9231 if (!e->literal)
9232 {
9233 *remaining_loc = e;
9234 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9235 }
9236 else
9237 {
9238 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9239
9240 if (*loc)
9241 {
9242 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9243
9244 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9245 last = NULL;
9246 do
9247 {
9248 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9249 {
9250 last = NULL;
9251 break;
9252 }
9253 last = e1;
9254 e1 = e1->next;
9255 }
9256 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9257
9258 if (last == NULL)
9259 {
9260 /* This is a duplicate. */
9261 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9262 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9263 /* free (e->pattern); */
9264 free (e);
9265 }
9266 else
9267 {
9268 e->next = last->next;
9269 last->next = e;
9270 }
9271 }
9272 else
9273 {
9274 *loc = e;
9275 *list_loc = e;
9276 list_loc = &e->next;
9277 }
9278 }
9279 }
9280 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9281 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9282 }
9283 else
9284 head->remaining = head->list;
9285 }
9286
9287 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9288 version. */
9289
9290 void
9291 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9292 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9293 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9294 {
9295 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9296 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9297
9298 if (name == NULL)
9299 name = "";
9300
9301 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9302 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9303 {
9304 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9305 " with other version tags\n"));
9306 free (version);
9307 return;
9308 }
9309
9310 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9311 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9312 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9313 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9314
9315 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9316 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9317
9318 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9319 aren't any duplicates. */
9320
9321 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9322 {
9323 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9324 {
9325 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9326
9327 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9328 {
9329 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9330 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9331 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9332 {
9333 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9334 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9335 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9336 e2 = e2->next;
9337 }
9338 }
9339 else if (!e1->literal)
9340 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9341 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9342 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9343 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9344 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9345 }
9346 }
9347
9348 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9349 {
9350 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9351 {
9352 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9353
9354 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9355 {
9356 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9357 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9358 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9359 {
9360 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9361 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9362 " in version information\n"),
9363 e1->pattern);
9364 e2 = e2->next;
9365 }
9366 }
9367 else if (!e1->literal)
9368 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9369 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9370 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9371 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9372 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9373 }
9374 }
9375
9376 version->deps = deps;
9377 version->name = name;
9378 if (name[0] != '\0')
9379 {
9380 ++version_index;
9381 version->vernum = version_index;
9382 }
9383 else
9384 version->vernum = 0;
9385
9386 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9387 ;
9388 *pp = version;
9389 }
9390
9391 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9392
9393 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9394 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9395 {
9396 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9397 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9398
9399 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9400 ret->next = list;
9401
9402 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9403 {
9404 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9405 {
9406 ret->version_needed = t;
9407 return ret;
9408 }
9409 }
9410
9411 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9412
9413 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9414 return ret;
9415 }
9416
9417 static void
9418 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9419 {
9420 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9421
9422 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9423 {
9424 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9425 char *contents, *p;
9426 bfd_size_type len;
9427
9428 if (sec == NULL)
9429 continue;
9430
9431 len = sec->size;
9432 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9433 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9434 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9435
9436 p = contents;
9437 while (p < contents + len)
9438 {
9439 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, false);
9440 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9441 }
9442
9443 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9444
9445 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9446 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9447 }
9448
9449 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, false);
9450 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9451 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9452 }
9453
9454 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec. This is initially
9455 called with UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to FALSE, in this case no errors are
9456 thrown, however, references to symbols in the origin and length fields
9457 will be pushed into the symbol table, this allows PROVIDE statements to
9458 then provide these symbols. This function is called a second time with
9459 UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to TRUE, this time the we update the actual region
9460 data structures, and throw errors if missing symbols are encountered. */
9461
9462 static void
9463 lang_do_memory_regions (bool update_regions_p)
9464 {
9465 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9466
9467 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9468 {
9469 if (r->origin_exp)
9470 {
9471 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9472 if (update_regions_p)
9473 {
9474 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9475 {
9476 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9477 r->current = r->origin;
9478 }
9479 else
9480 einfo (_("%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9481 r->name_list.name);
9482 }
9483 }
9484 if (r->length_exp)
9485 {
9486 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9487 if (update_regions_p)
9488 {
9489 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9490 r->length = expld.result.value;
9491 else
9492 einfo (_("%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9493 r->name_list.name);
9494 }
9495 }
9496 }
9497 }
9498
9499 void
9500 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9501 {
9502 struct unique_sections *ent;
9503
9504 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9505 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9506 return;
9507
9508 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9509 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9510 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9511 unique_section_list = ent;
9512 }
9513
9514 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9515
9516 void
9517 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **list_p,
9518 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9519 {
9520 if (*list_p)
9521 {
9522 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9523 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9524 ;
9525 tail->next = (*list_p)->head.list;
9526 (*list_p)->head.list = dynamic;
9527 }
9528 else
9529 {
9530 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9531
9532 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9533 d->head.list = dynamic;
9534 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9535 *list_p = d;
9536 }
9537 }
9538
9539 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9540 one. */
9541
9542 void
9543 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9544 {
9545 const char *symbols[] =
9546 {
9547 "typeinfo name for*",
9548 "typeinfo for*"
9549 };
9550 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9551 unsigned int i;
9552
9553 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9554 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9555 false);
9556
9557 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9558 }
9559
9560 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9561 existing one. */
9562
9563 void
9564 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9565 {
9566 const char *symbols[] =
9567 {
9568 "operator new*",
9569 "operator delete*"
9570 };
9571 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9572 unsigned int i;
9573
9574 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9575 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9576 false);
9577
9578 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9579 }
9580
9581 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9582
9583 void
9584 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9585 {
9586 char *p, *q;
9587
9588 p = str;
9589 while (*p)
9590 {
9591 char sep;
9592 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9593 ++p;
9594 if (!*p)
9595 break;
9596 q = p + 1;
9597 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9598 ++q;
9599 sep = *q;
9600 *q = 0;
9601 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9602 config.sane_expr = true;
9603 else
9604 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9605 *q = sep;
9606 p = q;
9607 }
9608 }
9609
9610 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9611
9612 static void
9613 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9614 {
9615 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9616 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9617 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9618 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9619 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9620 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9621 else
9622 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9623 }
9624
9625 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9626
9627 void
9628 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9629 {
9630 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9631
9632 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9633 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9634 {
9635 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9636
9637 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9638 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9639 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9640
9641 if (r->length != 0)
9642 {
9643 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9644 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9645 }
9646 printf ("\n");
9647 }
9648 }